aboutsummaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
path: root/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca')
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/MCC-cover.xml63
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/MCC.xml47
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/MageiaUpdate.xml46
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/XFdrake.xml129
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--dav.xml82
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--fileshare.xml62
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--nfs.xml90
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--removable.xml55
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--smb.xml88
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drak3d.xml79
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakauth.xml29
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakautologin.xml41
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakboot.xml191
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakbug.xml36
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakbug_report.xml72
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakclock.xml53
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakconnect--del.xml17
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakconnect.xml819
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakconsole.xml20
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakdisk.xml82
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakedm.xml20
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakfirewall.xml86
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakfont.xml65
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakguard.xml100
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakgw.xml123
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakhosts.xml34
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakinvictus.xml19
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/draknetcenter.xml220
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/draknetprofile.xml19
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/draknfs.xml165
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakproxy.xml37
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakrpm-edit-media.xml211
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/draksambashare.xml251
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/draksec.xml54
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/draksnapshot-config.xml49
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/draksound.xml35
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakups.xml20
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakvpn.xml81
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_apache2.xml111
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_bind.xml20
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_dhcp.xml194
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_ntp.xml117
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_proftpd.xml102
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_squid.xml238
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_sshd.xml142
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakxservices.xml19
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/harddrake2.xml87
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/keyboarddrake.xml44
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/localedrake.xml55
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/logdrake.xml111
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/lsnetdrake.xml26
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/lspcidrake.xml50
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mcc-boot.xml41
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mcc-hardware.xml101
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mcc-intro.xml23
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mcc-localdisks.xml31
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mcc-network.xml82
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mcc-networkservices.xml53
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mcc-networksharing.xml44
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mcc-security.xml50
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mcc-sharing.xml34
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mcc-system.xml76
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mgaapplet-config.xml34
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mousedrake.xml26
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/msecgui.xml358
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/otherMageiaTools.xml42
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/rpmdrake.xml251
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/scannerdrake.xml259
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/software-management.xml39
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/system-config-printer.xml341
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/transfugdrake.xml138
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/userdrake.xml154
72 files changed, 7183 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/MCC-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e888f24c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/MCC-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+ xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="MCC">
+
+ <info>
+ <title>Centre de control de Mageia</title>
+ <cover>
+ <para role="tagline">The tools to configure the Mageia system</para>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="mageia-2013.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>Els textos i les captures de pantalla d'aquest manual estan disponibles sota
+la llicència CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
+ </para>
+ <para>Aquest manual ha estat creat amb l'ajuda de <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolupat per <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
+ </para>
+ <para>L'han escrit voluntaris durant el seu temps lliure. Si voleu ajudar a
+millorar-lo, contacteu l'<link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">equip de
+documentació</link>.</para>
+ </cover>
+ </info>
+ <article>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
+
+</article>
+</book>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/MCC.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/MCC.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..01f5c6e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/MCC.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="MCC">
+
+ <info>
+ <title>Centre de control de Mageia</title>
+ <cover>
+ <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Els textos i les captures de pantalla d'aquest manual estan disponibles sota
+la llicència CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
+ </para>
+ <para>Aquest manual ha estat creat amb l'ajuda de <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolupat per <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
+ </para>
+ <para>L'han escrit voluntaris durant el seu temps lliure. Si voleu ajudar a
+millorar-lo, contacteu l'<link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">equip de
+documentació</link>.</para>
+ </cover>
+ </info>
+
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
+
+</article>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/MageiaUpdate.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/MageiaUpdate.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..087d9289
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/MageiaUpdate.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="MageiaUpdate">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="MageiaUpdate-ti1">Actualització de paquets de programari</title>
+
+ <subtitle>MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="MageiaUpdate-im1" align="center" fileref="MageiaUpdate.png" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>This tool<footnote>
+ <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis
+role="bold">drakrpm-update</emphasis> as root.</para>
+ </footnote> is present in the Mageia
+Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Software
+management.</emphasis></para>
+
+ <para><note>
+ <para>To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with
+drakrpm-editmedia with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you
+are prompted to do so.</para>
+ </note></para>
+
+ <para>As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists
+those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by
+default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the
+<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process.</para>
+
+ <para>By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of
+the window. The print<emphasis role="bold"> ></emphasis> before a title
+means you can click to drop down a text.</para>
+
+ <para><note>
+ <para>When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by
+displaying this red icon <inlinemediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </inlinemediaobject>
+. Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike.</para>
+ </note></para>
+</section> \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/XFdrake.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/XFdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..88aef013
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/XFdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="XFdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="XFdrake-ti1">Prepara el servidor gràfic</title>
+
+ <subtitle>XFdrake</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="XFdrake-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="XFdrake.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis
+role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the
+graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <footnote>
+ <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
+<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis>
+as root. Mind the capital letters.</para>
+ </footnote></para>
+
+ <para/>
+
+ <para>The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration.</para>
+
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">Graphic card</emphasis>:</para>
+
+ <para>The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server
+configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example
+one with a proprietary driver.</para>
+
+ <para>The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by
+manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical
+order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel>
+Xorg</guilabel>.</para>
+
+ <para><note>
+ <para>In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most
+graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while
+in your Desktop Environment.</para>
+
+ <para>If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> -
+<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing
+Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates.</para>
+ </note>If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to
+use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for
+example).</para>
+
+ <para/>
+
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">Monitor:</emphasis></para>
+
+ <para>In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and
+you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor
+isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the
+<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features.</para>
+
+ <para/>
+
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">Resolution:</emphasis></para>
+
+ <para>This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the
+colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:</para>
+
+ <para><mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="XFdrake1.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>When you change the color depth, a
+multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview
+of what the selected color depth looks like.</para>
+
+ <para>The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another
+one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card
+and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to
+set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or
+select an uncomfortable setting.</para>
+
+ <para>The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for
+another one.</para>
+
+ <para><note>
+ <para>Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and
+restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect.</para>
+ </note></para>
+
+ <para/>
+
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">Test:</emphasis></para>
+
+ <para>Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking
+on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the
+graphical environment doesn't work.</para>
+
+ <para><note>
+ <para>In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a
+text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use
+XFdrake's text version.</para>
+ </note>If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want
+to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is
+right, click on <guibutton role="bold">OK</guibutton>.</para>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <title>Opcions:</title>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable
+Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to
+restart X server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable
+three specific features depending on the graphic card.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time,
+<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon
+booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it
+may be unchecked for a server.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+
+ <para>After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask
+you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the
+previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect
+and reconnect to activate the new configuration.</para>
+</section> \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--dav.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--dav.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7af06bbe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--dav.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="diskdrake--dav"
+ xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="diskdrake--dav-ti1">Accedeix a dispositius i directoris compartits WebDAV</title>
+
+ <subtitle>diskdrake --dav</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center" fileref="diskdrake--dav1.png" format="PNG"
+ revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--dav-im1"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>Aquesta eina<footnote><para>Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línia d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis
+role="bold">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> com a root.</para>
+ </footnote> es troba al centre de
+control de Mageia, sota la pestanya Compartició en xarxa, amb l'etiqueta
+<guilabel>Configura les comparticions WebDAV</guilabel>.</para>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Introducció</title>
+
+ <para><link xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV">WebDAV</link> és un
+protocol que permet muntar el directori d'un servidor web localment, de
+manera que aparegui com un directori local. Cal que l'equip remot executi un
+servidor WebDAV. Això no és l'objectiu d'aquesta eina per configurar el
+servidor WebDAV.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>S'està creant una nova entrada</title>
+
+ <para>La primera pantalla de l'eina mostra les entrades que estan configurades, si
+escau, i un botó <guibutton>Nou</guibutton>. S'utilitza per crear una
+entrada. Introduïu l'URL del servidor en el camp de la nova pantalla.</para>
+
+ <para>Aleshores obtindreu una pantalla amb els botons de les opcions per
+seleccionar algunes accions. Continueu amb l'acció <guibutton>Punt de
+muntatge</guibutton> en fer clic al botó <guibutton>D'acord</guibutton>
+després de seleccionar el botó d'opció, com el
+<guibutton>Servidor</guibutton> ja està configurat. No obstant això, és
+possible corregir-ho, si cal.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav3.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>El contingut del directori remot serà accessible a través d'aquest punt de
+muntatge.</para>
+
+ <para>En el següent pas, doneu el vostre nom d'usuari i la vostra contrasenya. Si
+necessiteu algunes altres opcions, podeu donar-les a la pantalla
+<guibutton>avançat</guibutton>.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav4.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>L'opció <guibutton>Munta</guibutton> us permet muntar immediatament l'accés.</para>
+
+ <para>Després que accepteu la configuració amb el botó d'opció
+<guibutton>Llest</guibutton>, la primera pantalla es mostra de nou i el
+vostre nou punt de muntatge es llista. Després de triar
+<guibutton>Sortir</guibutton>, us demanarà si voleu o no desar les
+modificacions al <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Seleccioneu aquesta opció
+si voleu que el directori remot estigui disponible en cada arrancada. Si la
+configuració és per a l'ús d'una sola vegada, no la deseu.</para>
+ </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--fileshare.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..96d3ae74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-ti1">Comparteix les particions del disc dur</title>
+
+ <subtitle>diskdrake --fileshare</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--fileshare.png" revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-im1" align="center" format="PNG" />
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>Aquesta eina senzilla <footnote><para>Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línia d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis
+role="bold">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> com a root.</para></footnote> us permet, a
+l'administrador, que els usuaris comparteixin parts dels seus propis
+subdirectoris de /home amb altres usuaris d'una mateixa xarxa local que
+poden tenir ordinadors executant Linux o el sistema operatiu Windows.</para>
+
+ <para>Es troba al centre de control de Mageia, sota l'etiqueta de disc local,
+etiquetada com "Comparteix les vostres particions del disc dur".</para>
+
+ <para>En primer lloc, responeu a la pregunta: "<guilabel>Voleu que els usuaris
+puguin compartir alguns dels seus directoris?</guilabel>", feu clic a
+<guibutton>No compartir</guibutton> , si la resposta és no per a tots els
+usuaris, feu clic a <guibutton>Permet a tots els usuaris</guibutton> per a
+tots els usuaris i feu clic a <guibutton>Personalitzat</guibutton>, si la
+resposta és no per alguns usuaris i sí per als altres. En aquest últim cas,
+els usuaris que estan autoritzats a compartir els seus directoris han de
+pertànyer al grup fileshare, que es crea automàticament al sistema. Se us
+demanarà sobre això més endavant. </para>
+
+ <para>Feu clic a <guilabel>D'acord</guilabel>, us apareixerà una segona pantalla
+que us demanarà que trieu entre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> o
+<guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Marqueu <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> si Linux és
+l'únic sistema operatiu a la xarxa, marqueu <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> si la
+xarxa inclou màquines Linux i Windows i després feu clic a
+<guibutton>D'acord</guibutton>. S'instal·laran els paquets requerits si és
+necessari.</para>
+
+ <para>La configuració s'ha completat llevat que es va triar l'opció
+Personalitzada. En aquest cas , una pantalla extra li demana que obri
+Userdrake. Aquesta eina us permet afegir usuaris autoritzats a compartir els
+seus directoris al grup fileshare. A la fitxa Usuari, feu clic en l'usuari
+per afegir al grup fileshare, a continuació
+<guimenuitem>Edita</guimenuitem>, a la pestanya Grups. Marqueu el grup
+fileshare i feu clic a <guibutton>D'acord</guibutton>. Per obtenir més
+informació sobre Userdrake, consulteu <xref linkend="userdrake">aquesta
+pàgina</xref></para>
+
+ <para/>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>Quan afegiu un nou usuari al grup fileshare, heu de desconnectar i tornar a
+connectar la xarxa per a les modificacions que s'han de tenir en compte.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>A partir d'ara cada usuari que pertanyi al grup fileshare pot seleccionar en
+el seu/seva gestió de fitxers els directoris que siguin per compartir,
+encara que no tots els administradors d'arxius disposen d'aquest servei.</para>
+
+</section> \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--nfs.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--nfs.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e657b862
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--nfs.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-ti1">Accedeix a un disc o un directori NFS compartit</title>
+
+ <subtitle>diskdrake --nfs</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata revision="2" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-im1" align="center" fileref="diskdrake--nfs.png" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para/>
+
+ <para>.</para>
+
+ <para/>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Introducció</title>
+
+ <para>Aquesta eina <footnote>
+ <para>Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línia d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis
+role="bold">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> com a root.</para>
+ </footnote> permet declarar alguns
+directoris compartits per ser accessibles a tots els usuaris de la
+màquina. El protocol utilitzat per això és NFS que està disponible a la
+majoria de sistemes Linux o UNIX. El directori compartit serà així
+directament a l'arrencada. Directoris compartits poden ser també
+accessibles directament en una única sessió amb les eines com ara els
+exploradors de fitxers.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Procediment</title>
+
+ <para>Seleccioneu <guibutton>buscar servidors</guibutton> per obtenir una llista
+de servidors que comparteixen directoris.</para>
+
+ <para>Feu clic al símbol > abans que el nom del servidor per mostrar la llista de
+directoris compartits i seleccioneu el directori al qual voleu accedir.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs2.png">
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs2.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>El botó <guibutton>Punt de muntatge</guibutton> estarà disponible i cal
+especificar el lloc per muntar el directori.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs3.png">
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs3.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>Després d'escollir el punt de muntatge, el podeu muntar. També podeu
+verificar i canviar algunes opcions amb el botó
+<guibutton>Opcions</guibutton>. Després de muntar el directori, podeu
+desmuntar-ho amb el mateix botó.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs4.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs5.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>En acceptar la configuració amb el botó <guibutton>D'acord</guibutton>,
+apareixerà un missatge en pantalla, preguntant "Voleu deixar les
+modificacions a /etc/fstab". Això farà el directori disponible a cada
+arrancada, si la xarxa és accessible. El nou directori estarà disponible en
+l'explorador de fitxers, per exemple al Dolphin.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs6.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para/>
+ </section>
+</section> \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--removable.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--removable.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ad8ebc03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--removable.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="diskdrake--removable">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="diskdrake--removable-ti1">Enregistrador CD/DVD</title>
+
+ <subtitle>diskdrake --removable</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata revision="1" fileref="diskdrake--removable.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="diskdrake--removable-im1"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>Aquesta eina <footnote>
+ <para>Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línia d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis
+role="bold">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> com a root.</para>
+ </footnote> es troba sota la pestanya
+dels discs locals al centre de control de Mageia etiquetats d'acord amb el
+maquinari extraïble (només reproductors CD/DVD i gravadores i unitats de
+disquets). </para>
+
+ <para>El seu objectiu és definir la forma en què es munta el disc extraïble. </para>
+
+ <para>A la part superior de la finestra hi ha una breu descripció del maquinari i
+les opcions triades per muntar-lo. Utilitzeu el menú de la part inferior per
+canviar-los. Marqueu l'element que voleu canviar i després feu clic al botó
+<guibutton>D'acord</guibutton>. </para>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Punt de muntatge</title>
+
+ <para>Marqueu aquesta opció per canviar el punt de muntatge. L'opció per defecte
+és /media/cdrom.</para>
+
+ <para/>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Opcions</title>
+
+ <para>Moltes opcions de muntatge es poden triar aquí, sigui directament a la
+llista o mitjançant el submenú <guilabel>Avançat</guilabel>. Els principals
+són:</para>
+
+ <para/>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>user/nouser</title>
+
+ <para>usuari permet que un usuari normal (no root) pugui muntar un disc extraïble,
+aquesta opció implica noexec, nosuid i nodev. L'usuari que ha muntat el disc
+és l'únic que pot desmuntar-lo. </para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+</section> \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--smb.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--smb.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d0c8a2d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--smb.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="diskdrake--smb"
+ xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="diskdrake--smb-ti1">Accedeix a discs i directoris compartits amb Windows (SMB)</title>
+
+ <subtitle>diskdrake --smb</subtitle>
+
+ </info>
+
+ <para/>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Introducció</title>
+
+ <para>Aquesta eina<footnote>
+ <para>Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línia d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis
+role="bold">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> com a root.</para>
+ </footnote> permet declarar que va
+compartir directoris per a ser accessibles a tots els usuaris de la
+màquina. El protocol utilitzat per això és SMB que s'ha popularitzat als
+sistemes Windows(R). El directori compartit estarà disponible directament en
+l'arrencada. Es pot accedir als directoris compartits directament en una
+sola sessió per un usuari amb les eines com ara l'explorador de fitxers.</para>
+
+ <para>Abans d'iniciar l'eina, és una bona idea declarar els noms dels servidors
+disponibles, per exemple amb <xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Procediment</title>
+
+ <para>Seleccioneu <guibutton>buscar servidors</guibutton> per obtenir una llista
+de servidors que comparteixen directoris.</para>
+
+ <para>Feu clic al nom del servidor i en &gt; abans que el nom del servidor per
+mostrar la llista dels directoris compartits i seleccioneu el directori el
+qual vol accedir.</para>
+
+ <para>El botó <guibutton>Punt de muntatge</guibutton> estarà disponible, ha
+d'especificar on muntar el directori.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb2.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>Després d'escollir el punt de muntatge, es pot muntar amb el botó
+<guimenu>Muntar</guimenu>. També pot verificar i canviar algunes opcions amb
+el botó <guimenu>Opcions</guimenu>.</para>
+
+ <para>En opcions, podeu especificar el nom d'usuari i la contrasenya dels que
+poden connectar-se al servidor SMB. Després de muntar el directori, pots
+desmuntar el directori amb el mateix botó.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb3.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb4.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>Després d'acceptar la configuració amb el botó Llest. un missatge us
+preguntarà "Voleu deixar les modificacions a /etc/fstab". Això permetrà al
+directori romandre disponible a cada arrancada, si la xarxa és accessible.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb5.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para/>
+
+ </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drak3d.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drak3d.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..449b785d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drak3d.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drak3d" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="drak3d-ti1">3D Desktop Effects</title>
+
+ <subtitle>drak3d</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im1" revision="1" align="center" fileref="drak3d.png" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Introducció</title>
+
+ <para>Aquesta eina<footnote>
+ <para>Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línia d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis
+role="bold">drak3d</emphasis> com a root.</para>
+ </footnote> us permet administrar els
+efectes d'escriptori 3D al vostre sistema operatiu. Els efectes 3D estan
+desactivats per defecte.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section annotations="center">
+ <title>Començant</title>
+
+ <para>Per utilitzar aquesta eina, cal tenir instal·lat el paquet glxinfo. Si el
+paquet no està instal·lat, us demanarà que ho feu abans de començar drak3d.</para>
+
+ <para>Després d'iniciar drak3d, se us proporcionarà una finestra de menú. Aquí es
+pot triar entre <guilabel>Sense efectes 3D</guilabel> o <guilabel>Compiz
+Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion és part d'un gestor de composició/finestra,
+que inclou efectes especials accelerats per maquinari per al seu
+escriptori. Trieu <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> per començar.</para>
+
+ <para>Si aquesta és la primera vegada que utilitzeu aquest programa després d'una
+instal·lació neta de Mageia, rebreu un missatge d'advertència que us diu
+quins paquets necessiten ser instal·lats per tal d'utilitzar Compiz
+Fussion. Feu clic al botó <guibutton>D'acord</guibutton> per continuar.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im3" fileref="drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>Un cop instal·lats els paquets apropiats, s'adonarà que s'ha seleccionat
+Compiz Fussion al menú drak3d, però ha de tancar la sessió i tornar a
+iniciar-la perquè els canvis tinguin efecte.</para>
+
+ <para>Després d'inicia sessió de nou, Compiz Fusion serà activat. Per configurar
+Compiz Fussion, vegeu la pàgina per l'eina ccssm (CompizConfig Settings
+Manager).</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Resolució de problemes</title>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>No es pot veure l'escriptori després d'iniciar sessió</title>
+
+ <para>Si després d'activar Compiz Fusion intenta iniciar sessió en el seu
+escriptori, però no pot veure res, reiniciï l'equip per tornar a la pantalla
+d'accés. Un cop allà, feu clic a la icona d'escriptori i seleccioneu drak3d.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center" fileref="drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>Quan us connecteu, si el vostre compte apareix com a administrador, se us
+demanarà la vostra contrasenya de nou. En cas contrari, utilitzeu el nom
+d'administrador amb el vostre compte. A continuació, podeu desfer els canvis
+que poden haver causat el problema d'inici de sessió.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+</section> \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakauth.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakauth.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5693b4da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakauth.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="drakauth" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="drakauth-ti1">Autenticació</title>
+
+ <subtitle>drakauth</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakauth.png"
+ format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakauth-im1"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>Aquesta eina<footnote><para>Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línia d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis
+role="bold">drakauth</emphasis> com a root.</para></footnote> li permet modificar la
+manera en què pot ser reconegut com a usuari de la màquina o en la xarxa. </para>
+
+ <para>Per defecte, la informació per la seva autentificació s'emmagatzema en un
+arxiu en el seu ordinador. Modifica-ho solament si l'administrador de la
+xarxa el convida a fer-ho i li dóna informació al respecte.</para>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakautologin.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakautologin.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e76c5699
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakautologin.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="drakautologin">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="drakautologin-ti1">Prepara l'entrada automàtica per entrar automàticament</title>
+
+ <subtitle>drakautologin</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakautologin-im1" fileref="drakautologin.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>Aquesta eina<footnote>
+ <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakautologin</emphasis> as root.</para>
+ </footnote> li permet connectar-se al
+mateix usuari, si el seu entorn / escriptori, sense demanar cap
+contrasenya. Es diu autoconnexió. Això és generalment una bona idea quan
+només hi ha un usuari que utilitzi la màquina. </para>
+
+ <para>Es troba sota la pestanya <emphasis role="bold">Arrencada</emphasis> al
+centre de control de Mageia amb l'etiqueta "Configuració d'inici de sessió
+automàtic per iniciar sessió automàticament".</para>
+
+ <para>Els botons de la interfície són bastant òbvies:</para>
+
+ <para>Marqueu <guibutton>Inicia l'entorn gràfic quan el sistema
+s'inicia</guibutton>, si voleu que el sistema X Windows s'executi després de
+reiniciar. Si no és així, el sistema s'iniciarà en mode text. No obstant
+això, serà possible iniciar la interfície gràfica manualment. Això es pot
+fer amb el llançament de 'startx' o 'systemctl start dm'.</para>
+
+ <para>Si la primera casella està activada, hi ha dues opcions més disponibles,
+marqueu o bé <guibutton>No, no vull autoconnexió</guibutton>, si voleu que
+el sistema continuï preguntant quin usuari connectar (i la contrasenya) o bé
+seleccioneu <guibutton>Sí, vull autoconnexió amb aquest (usuari,
+escriptori)</guibutton>, si cal. En aquest cas, també és necessari proveir
+el <guibutton>nom per defecte</guibutton> i l'<guibutton>escriptori per
+defecte</guibutton>.</para>
+</section> \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakboot.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakboot.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a5af9288
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakboot.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakboot" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="drakboot-ti1">Prepara el sistema d'arrencada</title>
+
+ <subtitle>drakboot</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="drakboot--boot-im1" align="center" fileref="drakboot--boot.png" revision="1"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>If you are using a UEFI system instead of BIOS, the user interface is
+slightly different as the boot device is obviously the EFI system Partition
+(ESP).</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="drakboot--boot2.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>This tool<footnote>
+ <para>Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línia d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis
+role="bold">drakboot</emphasis> com a root. </para>
+ </footnote> allows you to configure the
+boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default boot,
+etc.)</para>
+
+ <para>It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled "Set up
+boot system".</para>
+
+ <warning>
+ <para>No utilitzeu aquesta eina si no sabeu exactament el que esteu fent. La
+modificació d'alguns paràmetres poden evitar que la vostra màquina s'iniciï
+de nou!</para>
+ </warning>
+
+ <para>In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible if
+using BIOS, to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub,
+Grub2 or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question
+of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the
+<guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you
+are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any
+modification can prevent your machine from booting.</para>
+
+ <para>In a UEFI system, the bootloader is <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> and is
+installed in /boot/EFI partition. This FAT32 formatted partition is common
+to all operating systems installed.</para>
+
+ <para>In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set
+the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in
+seconds. During this delay, Grub or Lilo will display the list of available
+operating systems, prompting you to make your choice. If no selection is
+made, the bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses.</para>
+
+ <para>In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is
+possible to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username and
+password will be asked at the boot time to select a booting entry or change
+settings. The username is "root" and the password is the one chosen here.</para>
+
+ <para>El botó <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> dóna algunes opcions extres.</para>
+
+ <para><guibutton>Habilita ACPI:</guibutton></para>
+
+ <para>L'ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) és un estàndard per la
+gestió de l'energia. Es pot estalviar energia parant dispositius no
+utilitzats, aquest va ser el mètode abans de l'APM. Marqueu aquesta casella
+si el vostre maquinari funciona amb l'ACPI.</para>
+
+ <para><guibutton>Habilita SMP:</guibutton></para>
+
+ <para>SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for
+multicore processors.</para>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>Si teniu un processador amb HyperThreading, Mageia ho veurà com un
+processador dual i habilitarà SMP.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para><guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local
+APIC:</guibutton></para>
+
+ <para>APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two
+components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O
+APIC. The latter one routes the interrupts it receives from peripheral buses
+to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful
+for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC
+system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message
+"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local
+APIC.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="drakboot1.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>The <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen differs depending on which boot
+loader you chose.</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>You have Grub Legacy or Lilo:</para>
+
+ <para>In this case, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot
+time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu
+entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item. If you
+click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify</guibutton>
+buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the bootloader menu or
+to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be
+able to use these tools.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="drakboot2.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>L'<guilabel>etiqueta</guilabel> és de forma lliure, escriviu aquí el que
+vulgueu que es mostri al menú. Coincideix amb l'ordre "title" del Grub. Per
+exemple: Mageia3.</para>
+
+ <para>El camp <guilabel>Imatge</guilabel> conté el nom del kernel. Coincideix amb
+l'ordre de Grub "kernel". Per exemple /boot/vmlinuz.</para>
+
+ <para>El camp <guilabel>Root</guilabel> conté el nom del dispositiu en el qual
+s'emmagatzema el kernel. Coincideix amb l'ordre de Grub "root". Per exemple
+(hd0,1).</para>
+
+ <para>El camp <guilabel>Annexa</guilabel> conté les opcions que han de donar-se al
+kernel en l'arrencada.</para>
+
+ <para>Si la casella <guilabel>Predeterminat</guilabel> està marcada, Grub
+arrencarà aquesta entrada per defecte.</para>
+
+ <para>In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to
+choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel>
+file and a <guilabel>network profile</guilabel>, see <xref
+linkend="draknetprofile"/>, in the drop-down lists.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>You have Grub2 or Grub2-efi (boot loaders used by default respectively in
+Legacy mode and UEFI mode):</para>
+
+ <para>In this case, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>Default</guilabel>
+displays all the available entries; click on the one wanted as the default
+one.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="drakboot3.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>El camp <guilabel>Annexa</guilabel> conté les opcions que han de donar-se al
+kernel en l'arrencada.</para>
+
+ <para>If you have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them
+to your Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, uncheck the box
+<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel></para>
+
+ <para>In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to
+choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>. If you don't want a bootable
+Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, check the box <guilabel>Do not
+touch ESP or MBR</guilabel> and accept the warning.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="drakboot6.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <warning>
+ <para>Not installing on ESP or MBR means that the installation is not bootable
+unless chain loaded from another OS.</para>
+ </warning>
+
+ <para>To set many other parameters, you can use the tool named <emphasis>Grub
+Customizer</emphasis>, available in the Mageia repositories (see below).</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="drakboot4.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+</section> \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakbug.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakbug.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..15bce4a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakbug.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
+xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakbug" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="drakbug-ti1">Mageia Bug Report Tool</title><subtitle>drakbug</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="drakbug-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"
+ fileref="drakbug.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>En general, aquesta eina<footnote><para>Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línia d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis
+role="bold">drakbug</emphasis>.</para></footnote> s'inicia
+automàticament quan una eina a Mageia falla. No obstant això, també és
+possible que, després de presentar un informe d'error, se li demanarà per
+iniciar aquesta eina per comprovar algunes de les informacions que dóna i, a
+continuació, establir l'informe d'error existent.</para>
+
+ <para>Si un nou informe d'error ha de ser presentat i no esteu acostumat a fer
+això, aleshores si us plau, llegiu <link
+xlink:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly">Com
+informar d'un error correctament</link> abans de fer clic al botó
+"Informar".</para>
+
+ <para>En cas que l'error ja s'hagi presentat per algú altre (aleshores, el
+missatge d'error que va donar drakbug serà el mateix), és útil per afegir un
+comentari a aquest informe existent on també vàreu veure l'error.</para>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakbug_report.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakbug_report.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..203a25bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakbug_report.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
+xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+xml:id="drakbug_report" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
+
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="drakbug_report-ti1">Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports</title><subtitle>drakbug_report</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <para>Aquesta eina<footnote><para>Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línia d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis
+role="bold">drakbug_report</emphasis> com a root. </para></footnote> només pot ser iniciada i
+utilitzada a la línia d'ordres.</para>
+
+<para>Es recomana escriure la sortida d'aquesta ordre a un arxiu, per exemple fent
+<emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, però
+segur de tindre prou espai al disc en primer lloc: l'arxiu fàcilment pot
+ocupar diversos GB de grandària.</para>
+<note><para>La sortida és massa gran per a adjuntar un informe d'error sense eliminar
+primer les parts que no siguin necessàries.</para></note>
+ <para>Amb aquesta ordre es recopila la següent informació del vostre sistema:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para> lspci</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para> pci_devices</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para> dmidecode</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para> fdisk</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para> scsi</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para> /sys/bus/scsi/devices</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para> lsmod</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para> cmdline</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para> pcmcia: stab</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para> usb</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para> particions</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para> cpuinfo</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para> syslog</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para> Xorg.log</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para> monitor_full_edid</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para> stage1.log</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para> ddebug.log</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para> install.log</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para> fstab</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para> modprobe.conf</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para> lilo.conf</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para> grub: menu.lst</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para> grub: install.sh</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para> grub: device.map</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para> xorg.conf</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para> urpmi.cfg</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para> modprobe.preload</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para> sysconfig/i18n</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para> /proc/iomem</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para> /proc/ioport</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para> versió de mageia</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para> rpm -qa</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para> df</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+
+ <note><para>Quan es va escriure aquesta pàgina d'ajuda, la part de la sortida del
+"syslog" estava buida, ja que aquesta eina encara no s'havia ajustat al
+nostre canvi al systemd. Si encara està buida, podeu recuperar el "syslog"
+fent (com a root) <emphasis role="bold">journalctl -a >
+journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Si no teniu una gran quantitat d'espai en disc,
+per exemple podeu agafar les últimes 5.000 línies del registre amb:
+<emphasis role="bold">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 >
+journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>.</para></note>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakclock.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakclock.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a965511c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakclock.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="drakclock">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="drakclock-ti1">Gestiona la data i l'hora</title>
+
+ <subtitle>drakclock</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="drakclock.png" xml:id="drakclock-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>Aquesta eina<footnote>
+ <para>Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línia d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis
+role="bold">drakclock</emphasis> com a root.</para>
+ </footnote> es troba sota la pestanya
+Sistema al centre de control de Mageia amb l'etiqueta <guilabel>"Administra
+la data i l'hora"</guilabel>. En alguns entorns d'escriptori també ho trobem
+disponible fent clic al botó dret / Ajusteu data i hora ... en el rellotge
+de la safata del sistema.</para>
+
+ <para>És una eina molt senzilla.</para>
+
+ <para>A la part superior esquerra, trobem el <emphasis
+role="bold">calendari</emphasis>. A la captura de pantalla anterior, la data
+es Setembre (a la part superior esquerra), el segon (en blau) i és
+diumenge. Seleccioneu el mes (o l'any) fent clic a les petites fletxes a
+cada costat de Setembre (o 2012). Seleccioneu el dia fent clic en el seu
+número.</para>
+
+ <para>A la part inferior esquerra hi ha la sincronització del <emphasis
+role="bold">Protocol de Temps de Xarxa</emphasis>, és possible tenir un
+rellotge sempre a temps mitjançant la sincronització amb un
+servidor. Marqueu <guilabel>Habilita Protocol de Temps de Xarxa</guilabel> i
+trieu el servidor més proper. </para>
+
+ <para>A la part dreta hi ha el <emphasis role="bold">rellotge</emphasis>. És
+inútil ajustar el rellotge si NTP està activat. Tres caixes mostren les
+hores, minuts i segons (15, 28 i 22 a la captura de pantalla). Fer servir
+les fletxes per ajustar el rellotge a l'hora correcta. El format no pot
+canviar-se aquí, veure la configuració de l'entorn de l'escriptori per això.</para>
+
+ <para>Almenys, a la part inferior dreta, seleccioneu la vostra zona horària, feu
+clic al botó <guibutton>Canviar Zona Horària</guibutton> i selecciona a la
+llista la ciutat més propera.</para>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>Fins i tot si no és possible seleccionar un format de data o hora en aquesta
+eina, es mostrarà a l'escriptori d'acord amb la configuració de
+localització.</para>
+ </note>
+</section> \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakconnect--del.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakconnect--del.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..23b298bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakconnect--del.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakconnect--del" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="drakconnect--del-ti1">Elimina una connexió</title><subtitle>drakconnect --del</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="drakconnect--del-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect--del.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>Aquí, podeu eliminar una interfície de xarxa<footnote><para>També podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línia d'ordres, <emphasis
+role="bold">drakconnect --del</emphasis> com a root.</para></footnote>. </para>
+ <para>Feu clic al menú desplegable, seleccioneu el que vulgueu suprimir i feu clic
+a <emphasis>següent</emphasis>.</para>
+ <para>Veuràs un missatge que la interfície de xarxa s'ha eliminat correctament. </para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakconnect.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakconnect.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..51fa5ba4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakconnect.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,819 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="drakconnect">
+ <info annotations="simonnzg listened to Aicha by Khaled &amp; Faudel whilst editing this document.">
+ <title xml:id="drakconnect-ti1">Prepara una interfície de xarxa nova (LAN, XDSI, ADSL, etc.)</title>
+
+ <subtitle>drakconnect</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakconnect-im1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Introducció</title>
+
+ <para>Aquesta eina<footnote>
+ <para>Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línia d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis
+role="bold">drakconnect</emphasis> com a root.</para>
+ </footnote> permet configurar la major
+part de la xarxa local o connexió a Internet. Heu de conèixer una mica
+d'informació del vostre proveïdor d'accés o l'administrador de la xarxa.</para>
+
+ <para>Seleccioneu el tipus de connexió que desitjar establir, segons el tipus de
+maquinari i el tipus de proveïdor.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Una connexió nova amb fil (Ethernet)</title>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>La primera finestra enumera les interfícies que estan
+disponibles. Seleccioneu la que vulgueu configurar.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>En aquest punt, l'elecció es dóna entre una automàtica o una adreça IP
+manual.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>IP automàtica.</para>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis>Paràmetres de xarxa/IP</emphasis>: heu de seleccionar si els
+servidors DNS són declarats per servidor DHCP o s'especifiquen de forma
+manual, com s'explica a continuació. En l'últim cas, l'adreça IP dels
+servidors DNS s'ha d'establir. El nom d'amfitrió de l'ordinador es pot
+especificar aquí. Si no s'especifica HOSTNAME, el nom
+<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> s'atribueix per defecte. El nom
+d'amfitrió també pot ser proporcionat pel servidor DHCP amb l'opció
+<emphasis>Assignar un nom d'amfitrió del servidor DHCP</emphasis>. No tots
+els servidors DHCP tenen una funció d'aquest tipus i si està configurant el
+seu PC per obtenir una adreça IP d'un encaminador domèstic ADSL, és poc
+probable.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="drakconnect5.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>El botó avançat dóna l'oportunitat d'especificar:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Domini de cerca (no accessible, segons el que disposa pel servidor DHCP)</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>el client DHCP</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Temps esgotat DHCP</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Utilitzeu el servidor YP des de DHCP (s'activa per defecte): especifiqueu el
+servidor NIS</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Utilitzi el servidor NTPD des de DHCP (sincronització de rellotge)</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>El HOSTNAME requerit per DHCP. Utilitzeu aquesta opció si el servidor DHCP
+requereix que el client especifiqui un nom d'amfitrió abans de rebre una
+adreça IP. Aquesta opció no és tractada per alguns servidors DHCP.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Després d'acceptar, els últims passos que són comuns a tots els paràmetres
+de connexió s'expliquen: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Configuració manual</para>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis>Configuració Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: heu de declarar quins
+servidors DNS es volen utilitzar. El HOSTNAME de l'ordinador es pot
+especificar aquí. Si no s'especifica el HOSTNAME , el nom
+<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> s'atribueix per defecte.</para>
+
+ <para>For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like
+<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is
+<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are
+available from your service provider's website.</para>
+
+ <para>Dins dels paràmetres avançats, podeu especificar un <emphasis>domini de
+cerca</emphasis>. En general, seria el vostre domini personal, és a dir, si
+el vostre ordinador es diu "splash", i el seu nom de domini complet és
+"splash.boatanchor.net", el domini de cerca seria "boatanchor.net". A menys
+que específicament es necessiti, no fa falta definir-ho. Un cop més, l'ADSL
+domèstica no necessitaria aquest paràmetre.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="drakconnect30.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Els propers passos estan exposalts a <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Una connexió nova de satèl·lit (DVB)</title>
+
+ <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Una connexió nova de mòdem per cable</title>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>La primera finestra enumera les interfícies que estan
+disponibles. Seleccioneu la que vulgueu configurar.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>En aquest punt, l'elecció es dóna entre una automàtica o una adreça IP
+manual.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Heu d'especificar un mètode d'autentificació:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Cap</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>BPALogin (necessari per a Telstra). En aquest cas, heu de proporcionar el
+nom d'usuari i contrasenya.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>IP automàtica.</para>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis>Paràmetres del cable/IP</emphasis>: heu de seleccionar si els
+servidors DNS són declarats pel servidor DHCP o s'especifiquen de forma
+manual, com s'explica a continuació. En l'últim cas, s'ha d'establir
+l'adreça IP dels servidors DNS. El nom d'amfitrió de l'ordinador es pot
+especificar aquí. Si no s'especifica el HOSTNAME, el nom
+<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> s'atribueix per defecte. El nom
+d'amfitrió també pot ser proporcionat pel servidor DHCP amb l'opció
+<emphasis>Assigna el nom d'amfitrió des del servidor DHCP</emphasis>. No
+tots els servidors DHCP tenen una funció d'aquest tipus i si està
+configurant el vostre PC per obtenir una adreça IP d'un encaminador ADSL
+domèstic, és poc probable.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>El botó avançat dóna l'oportunitat d'especificar:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Domini de cerca (no accessible, segons el que disposa pel servidor DHCP)</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>el client DHCP</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Temps esgotat DHCP</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Utilitzeu el servidor YP des de DHCP (s'activa per defecte): especifiqueu el
+servidor NIS</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Utilitzi el servidor NTPD des de DHCP (sincronització de rellotge)</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>El HOSTNAME requerit per DHCP. Utilitzeu aquesta opció si el servidor DHCP
+requereix que el client especifiqui un nom d'amfitrió abans de rebre una
+adreça IP. Aquesta opció no és tractada per alguns servidors DHCP.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Després d'acceptar, els últims passos que són comuns a tots els paràmetres
+de connexió s'expliquen: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Configuració manual</para>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis>Paràmetres del cable/IP</emphasis>: cal declarar els servidors DNS
+a utilitzar. El HOSTNAME de l'ordinador es pot especificar aquí. Si no
+s'especifica el HOSTNAME, el nom <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>
+s'atribueix per defecte. </para>
+
+ <para>For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like
+<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is
+<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are
+available from your service provider's website.</para>
+
+ <para>Dins dels paràmetres avançats, podeu especificar un <emphasis>domini de
+cerca</emphasis>. En general seria el vostre domini personal, és a dir, si
+el vostre ordinador es diu "splash", i el seu nom de domini complet és
+"splash.boatanchor.net", el domini de cerca seria "boatanchor.net". A menys
+que específicament no ho necessiteu, no caldria definir aquest paràmetre. Un
+cop més, la connexió domèstica no necessitaria aquest paràmetre.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="drakconnect32.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Els propers passos estan exposalts a <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Una connexió nova ADSL</title>
+
+ <para><orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Si l'eina detecta interfícies de xarxa, ofereix selecciona una i
+configurar-la.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Es proposa una llista de proveïdors, classificats per països. Seleccioni el
+seu proveïdor. Si no apareix, seleccioni l'opció <guilabel>No
+llistades</guilabel> i després ingressi les opcions donades pel seu
+proveïdor.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Seleccioneu un dels protocols disponibles:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol)</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Configuració TCP/IP manual</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>PPP sobre ADSL (PPPoA)</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>PPP sobre Ethernet (PPPoE)</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Protocol de tunneling punt a punt (PPTP)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Paràmetres de l'accés</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Compte d'accés (nom d'usuari)</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Contrasenya del compte</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>(Avançat) Virtual Path ID (VPI)</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>(Avançat) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Els propers passos estan exposalts a <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Una connexió nova XDSI</title>
+
+ <para><orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>L'auxiliar us demana quin dispositiu s'ha de configurar:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Elecció manual (targeta XDSI interna)</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Mòdem XDSI extern</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Es proposa una llista de maquinari, classificats per categoria i
+fabricant. Seleccioneu la seva targeta.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Seleccioneu un dels protocols disponibles:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Protocol per la resta del món, excepte Europa (DHCP)</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>A continuació s'ofereix una llista de proveïdors, classificats per
+països. Seleccioneu el seu proveïdor. Si no apareix, selecció l'opció
+<guilabel>No és a la llista</guilabel> i després ingresseu les opcions que
+el seu proveïdor li va donar. Després li demanarà paràmetres: </para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Nom de la connexió</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Número de telèfon</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>ID d'entrada</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Contrasenya del compte</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Mètode d'autenticació</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Després d'això, heu de seleccionar si s'obté l'adreça IP pel mètode
+automàtic o manual. En l'últim cas, introduïu l'adreça IP i la màscara de
+subxarxa.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>El següent pas és triar com s'obtenen les adreces dels servidors DNS, pel
+mètode automàtic o manual. En el cas de la configuració manual, heu de
+posar: </para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Nom de domini</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Primer i segon Servidor DNS</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Selecciona si el nom de l'amfitrió està configurat des de la IP. Aquesta
+opció se selecciona únicament si esteu segur que el vostre proveïdor està
+configurat per acceptar-ho.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>El següent pas és triar la forma en què s'obté la direcció de la
+passarel·la, pel mètode automàtic o manual. En el cas de la configuració
+manual, ha d'introduir l'adreça IP.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Els propers passos estan exposalts a <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Una connexió nova sense fil (Wi-Fi)</title>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for
+Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure. Use ndiswrapper
+only if the other configuration methods did not work.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that
+the card has detected.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="drakconnect31.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Operating mode:</para>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>Gestionat</term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>To access to an existing access point (the most frequent).</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>Ad-Hoc</term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>To configure direct connection between computers.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Network Name (ESSID)</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured.</para>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>WPA/WPA2</term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>WEP</term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Some old hardware deals only this encryption method.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Clau de xifratge</para>
+
+ <para>It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a
+manual IP address.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>IP automàtica.</para>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are
+declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained
+below. In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The
+HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is
+specified, the name localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The
+Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option
+<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>El botó avançat dóna l'oportunitat d'especificar:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Domini de cerca (no accessible, segons el que disposa pel servidor DHCP)</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>el client DHCP</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Temps esgotat DHCP</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Obtén el servidor YP mitjançant DHCP (marcat per defecte): especifiqueu els
+servidors NIS</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Utilitzi el servidor NTPD des de DHCP (sincronització de rellotge)</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>El HOSTNAME requerit per DHCP. Utilitzeu aquesta opció si el servidor DHCP
+requereix que el client especifiqui un nom d'amfitrió abans de rebre una
+adreça IP. Aquesta opció no és tractada per alguns servidors DHCP.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all
+connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Configuració manual</para>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The
+HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,
+the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.</para>
+
+ <para>For a residential network, the IP address always looks like
+<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is
+<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are
+available from your providers website.</para>
+
+ <para>In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search
+domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name,
+before the period.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Els propers passos estan exposalts a <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Una connexió nova GPRS/Edge/3G</title>
+
+ <para><orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to
+configure it.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option
+<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Es proposa una llista de proveïdors, classificats per països. Seleccioni el
+seu proveïdor. Si no apareix, seleccioni l'opció <guilabel>No
+llistades</guilabel> i després ingressi les opcions donades pel seu
+proveïdor.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Provide access settings</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Nom del punt d'accés</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Compte d'accés (nom d'usuari)</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Contrasenya del compte</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Els propers passos estan exposalts a <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Una connexió nova de xarxa de marcatge directe de Bluetooth</title>
+
+ <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Una connexió nova de mòdem telefònic analògic (XTC)</title>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>L'auxiliar us demana quin dispositiu s'ha de configurar:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Selecció manual</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Detected hardware, if any.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>A list of ports is proposed. Select your port.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package
+<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your
+provider. If it is not listed, select the option
+<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider
+gave. Then it is asked for Dialup options:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis>Connection name</emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis>Phone number</emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis>Login ID</emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis>Password</emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>PAP/CHAP</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Basat en script</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>PAP</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Basat en terminal</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>CHAP</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Els propers passos estan exposalts a <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section xml:id="drakconnect-end">
+ <title>Acabant la configuració</title>
+
+ <para>En el pas pròxim, pots especificar:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis>Permetre als usuaris gestionar la connexió</emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis>Inicieu la connexió en l'arrencada</emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis>Habilita el comptatge del trànsit</emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow
+access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch
+automatically between access point according to the signal strength.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>With the advanced button, you can specify:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Metric (10 by default)</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>MTU</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Connexió en calent de la xarxa</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Habilita el túnel d'IPv6 a IPv4</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start
+immediately or not.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="drakconnect9.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </section>
+</section> \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakconsole.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakconsole.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c3828f50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakconsole.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="drakconsole">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="drakconsole-ti1">Obre una consola com a administrador</title>
+
+ <subtitle>drakconsole</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="drakconsole-im1" fileref="drakconsole.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>This tool<footnote>
+ <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakconsole</emphasis> as root.</para>
+ </footnote> gives you access to a console
+which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more
+information about that.</para>
+</section> \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakdisk.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakdisk.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4b72d438
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakdisk.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="drakdisk">
+
+
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="drakdisk-ti1">Gestiona les particions de disc</title>
+
+ <subtitle>drakdisk o diskdrake</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskBackup-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskBackup.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <warning>
+ <para>This tool<footnote>
+ <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis
+role="bold">diskdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
+ </footnote> is very powerful, a tiny
+error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a
+partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll
+see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on
+<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue.</para>
+ </warning>
+
+ <para>If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you
+want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc).</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakdisk-im1" fileref="drakdisk.png" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your
+preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions,
+resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a
+partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear
+all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete
+disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a
+partition.</para>
+
+
+
+ <!-- 2015-07-06 Note added by Lebarhon -->
+<note>
+ <para>If you have an UEFI system, you can see a small partition called "EFI System
+Partition" and mounted on /boot/EFI. Never delete it, because it contains
+all your different operating systems bootloaders.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot
+choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition
+must be unmounted first.</para>
+
+ <para>It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side</para>
+
+ <para>To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to
+delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button
+<guibutton role="bold">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part is
+selected</para>
+
+ <para>You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskMountedPartition-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskMountedPartition.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis>
+gives some extra available actions, like labeling the partition, as can be
+seen in the screenshot below.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakdiskExpertUnmounted-im1" align="center" fileref="drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+</section> \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakedm.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakedm.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..061eec34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakedm.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="drakedm">
+ <info>
+
+ <!--2012-09-03 marja: changed title to the title of this screen in MCC .  2017-04-10 simonnzg has looked and seems OK-->
+<title xml:id="drakedm-ti1">Prepara el gestor de pantalla</title>
+ <subtitle>drakedm</subtitle>
+ </info>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="drakedm.png" align="center" xml:id="drakedm-im1" revision="1"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ <para xml:id="drakedm-pa1" revision="1">Here<footnote><para xml:id="drakedm-pa3" revision="1">You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakedm</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> you can choose which display
+manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available
+on your system will be shown.</para>
+ <para xml:id="drakedm-pa2" revision="1">Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look
+different. However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM
+is a lightweight display manager, SDDM and GDM have more extras.</para>
+</section> \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakfirewall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakfirewall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..53882b27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakfirewall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakfirewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="drakfirewall-ti1">Prepara el vostre tallafoc personal</title>
+
+ <subtitle>drakfirewall</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakfirewall.png" align="center" xml:id="drakfirewall-im1" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>This tool<footnote>
+ <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root.</para>
+ </footnote> is found under the Security
+tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled "Set up your personal
+firewall". It is the same tool in the first tab of "Configure system
+security, permissions and audit".</para>
+
+ <para>A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming
+connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the
+first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection
+attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box -
+<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable
+the firewall, and only check the needed services.</para>
+
+ <para>It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on
+<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field
+<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these
+examples :</para>
+
+ <para>80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol</para>
+
+ <para>24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol</para>
+
+ <para>The listed ports should be separated by a space.</para>
+
+ <para>If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is
+checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall2.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...)
+it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even
+recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature
+allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box
+<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second
+box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure
+somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards
+corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot
+below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be
+warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports.</para>
+
+ <para>These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall3.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall4.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the
+Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary
+packages are downloaded.</para>
+
+ <tip>
+ <para>If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp;
+Internet, icon Set up a new network interface.</para>
+ </tip>
+</section> \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakfont.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakfont.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..65cf44b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakfont.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="drakfont">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="drakfont-ti1">Gestiona, afegeix i elimina lletres. Importa lletres de Windows (TM)</title>
+
+ <subtitle>drakfont</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakfont-im1" fileref="drakfont.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>This tool<footnote>
+ <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakfont</emphasis> as root.</para>
+ </footnote> is present in the Mageia
+Control Center under the <emphasis role="bold">System</emphasis> tab. It
+allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen
+above shows:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>the installed font names, styles and sizes.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>a preview of the selected font.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>some buttons explained here later.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para/>
+
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis></para>
+
+ <para>This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You
+must have Microsoft Windows installed.</para>
+
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">Options:</emphasis></para>
+
+ <para>It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able
+to use the fonts.</para>
+
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">Uninstall:</emphasis></para>
+
+ <para>This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place. Be
+careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the
+documents that use them.</para>
+
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">Import:</emphasis></para>
+
+ <para>Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The
+supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the
+<emphasis role="bold">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis
+role="bold">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the
+fonts to install, click on <emphasis role="bold">Install</emphasis> when
+done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts.</para>
+
+ <para>If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont
+main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications.</para>
+</section> \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakguard.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakguard.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..75297198
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakguard.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="drakguard">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="drakguard-ti1">Control patern</title>
+
+ <subtitle>drakguard</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="drakguard.png" revision="1" xml:id="drakguard-im1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>This tool<footnote>
+ <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakguard</emphasis> as root.</para>
+ </footnote> is found in the Mageia
+Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental
+Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the
+drakguard package (not installed by default).</para>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Presentation</title>
+
+ <para>Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to
+restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three
+useful capabilities:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by
+controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can
+only execute what you accept them to execute.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through
+blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the
+website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental
+control blocker DansGuardian.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Configuring Parental controls</title>
+
+ <para><warning>
+ <para>If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2,
+Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on
+your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel
+feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named
+users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by
+an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this
+prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will
+then suggest you reboot.</para>
+ </warning><guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental
+control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab
+is opened.</para>
+
+ <para><guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the
+websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all
+the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab.</para>
+
+ <para><guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have
+their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the
+right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are
+not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on
+<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user. Select an
+user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to
+remove him/her from the allowed users.</para>
+
+ <para><guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed
+with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and
+<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time
+window.</para>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Blacklist/Whitelist tab</title>
+
+ <para>Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the
+<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Block Programs Tab</title>
+
+ <para><guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to
+restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the
+applications you wish to block.</para>
+
+ <para><guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand
+side will not be subject to acl blocking.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+</section> \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakgw.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakgw.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d269c3f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakgw.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="drakgw" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="drakgw-ti1">Comparteix la connexió a internet amb altres màquines locals</title>
+
+ <subtitle>drakgw</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakgw.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
+ xml:id="drakgw-im1"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para/>
+
+ <section xml:id="drakgw-principles">
+ <title>Principles</title>
+
+ <para><mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="../drakgw-net.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>This is useful when you have a
+computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local
+network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to
+other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the
+gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card
+must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to
+the Internet (2).</para>
+
+ <para>The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are
+set up, as documented in <xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section xml:id="drakgw-wizard">
+ <title>Gateway wizard</title>
+
+ <para>The wizard<footnote>
+ <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakgw</emphasis> as root.</para>
+ </footnote> offers successive steps
+which are shown below:</para>
+
+ <para><itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this
+and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard
+automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that
+what is proposed is correct.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes
+one, check that this is correct.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask
+and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual
+configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard
+will check that <code>bind</code> is installed. Otherwise, you have to
+specify the address of a DNS server.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard
+will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure
+it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard
+will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it,
+with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the
+proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb).</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to
+printers and to share them.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist></para>
+
+ <para>You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section xml:id="drakgw-configure">
+ <title>Configure the client</title>
+
+ <para>If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to
+specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address
+automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting
+to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is
+using.</para>
+
+ <para>If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular
+specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the
+gateway.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section xml:id="drakgw-stop">
+ <title>Stop connection sharing</title>
+
+ <para>If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch
+the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the
+sharing.</para>
+ </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakhosts.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakhosts.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fdb74114
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakhosts.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakhosts" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="drakhosts-ti1">Definicions dels amfitrions</title>
+
+ <subtitle>drakhosts</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakhosts.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakhosts-im1"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed
+IP-addresses, this tool<footnote>
+ <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakhosts</emphasis> as root.</para>
+ </footnote> allows to
+specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name
+instead of the IP-address.</para>
+
+ <para><guibutton>Add</guibutton></para>
+
+ <para>With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window
+to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an
+alias which can be used in the same way that the name is.</para>
+
+ <para><guibutton>Modify</guibutton></para>
+
+ <para>You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the
+same window.</para>
+
+ <para/>
+</section> \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakinvictus.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakinvictus.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2de5adbc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakinvictus.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakinvictus" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="drakinvictus-ti1">Configuració avançada de les interfícies de xarxa i del tallafoc</title><subtitle>drakinvictus</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="drakinvictus-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakinvictus.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
+
+ <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/draknetcenter.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/draknetcenter.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4634aad3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/draknetcenter.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetcenter" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
+
+
+
+
+ <info>
+ <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-31
+Write some text means i can't do it :(
+What must we say about networks out of wired (Ethernet) and wireless (WI fi) like GPRS, bluetooth ? I can't write anything.
+-->
+<!-- -->
+<title xml:id="draknetcenter-ti1">Centre de xarxes</title>
+
+ <subtitle>draknetcenter</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata revision="1" fileref="draknetcenter.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="draknetcenter-im1"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>This tool<footnote>
+ <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root.</para>
+ </footnote> is found under the Network
+&amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled "Network Center"</para>
+
+ <para/>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Introducció</title>
+
+ <para>When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks
+configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite,
+etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending
+on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its
+settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a
+network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN,
+ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab.</para>
+
+ <para>In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the
+first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <inlinemediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </inlinemediaobject> (this one is not connected<inlinemediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </inlinemediaobject> ) and the second section shows wireless
+networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <inlinemediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </inlinemediaobject> and this one <inlinemediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </inlinemediaobject>if connected. For the other network types,
+the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not
+connected.</para>
+
+ <para>In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected
+networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal
+strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and
+the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then
+either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton>
+or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network
+to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings
+window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption
+key in particular).</para>
+
+ <para>Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter1.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para/>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>The Monitor button</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter4.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the
+PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is
+available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray
+-> Monitor Network</guimenu>.</para>
+
+ <para>There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the
+local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which
+gives details about connection status.</para>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic
+accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section.</para>
+ </note>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>The Configure button</title>
+
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">A - For a wired network</emphasis></para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter2.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>It is possible to change all the settings given during network
+creation. Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton>
+<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual
+configuration may give better results.</para>
+
+ <para>For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks
+like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the
+<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are
+available from your providers website.</para>
+
+ <para><guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count
+the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in
+the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may
+have to reconnect to the network.</para>
+
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">Allow interface to be controlled by Network
+Manager:</emphasis></para>
+
+ <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
+
+ <para><guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton></para>
+
+ <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter5.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">B - For a wireless network</emphasis></para>
+
+ <para>Only the items not already seen above are explained.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter3.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">Operating mode:</emphasis></para>
+
+ <para>Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access
+point, there is an <emphasis role="bold">ESSID</emphasis> detected. Select
+<guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select
+<emphasis role="bold">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as the
+access point, your network card needs to support this mode.</para>
+
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis></para>
+
+ <para>If it is a private network, you need to know these settings.</para>
+
+ <para><guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a
+passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA
+personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used
+in private networks.</para>
+
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:</para>
+
+ <para>Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access
+point while remaining connected to the network.</para>
+
+ <para><guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton></para>
+
+ <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter6.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para/>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>El botó dels paràmetres avançats</title>
+
+ <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter7.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para/>
+ </section>
+</section> \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/draknetprofile.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/draknetprofile.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..89a50a5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/draknetprofile.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetprofile" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="draknetprofile-ti1">Administra diferents perfils de xarxa</title><subtitle>draknetprofile</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="draknetprofile-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draknetprofile.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
+
+ <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/draknfs.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/draknfs.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..31efc5fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/draknfs.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="draknfs" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="draknfs-ti1">Comparteix discs o directoris mitjançant NFS</title>
+
+ <subtitle>draknfs</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs.png" format="PNG"
+ revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im1"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para/>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Prerequisites</title>
+
+ <para>When the wizard<footnote>
+ <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">draknfs</emphasis> as root.</para>
+ </footnote> is launched for the
+first time, it may display the following message:</para>
+
+ <blockquote>
+ <para>The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?</para>
+ </blockquote>
+
+ <para>After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Finestra principal</title>
+
+ <para>Es mostra una llista de directoris que són compartits. En aquest pas, la
+llista es buida. El botó <guibutton>Afegeix</guibutton> dóna accés a una
+eina de configuració.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Modifica l'entrada</title>
+
+ <para>L'eina de configuració s'anomena "Modificar les dades". També es pot posar
+en marxa amb el botó <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>. Els següents
+paràmetres estan disponibles.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs4.png" format="PNG"
+ revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im4"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Directori NFS</title>
+
+ <para>Aquí podeu especificar quin directori es va compartir. El botó
+<guibutton>Directori</guibutton> dóna accés a un navegador per
+seleccionar-ho.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Accés a l'amfitrió</title>
+
+ <para>Aquí podeu especificar els amfitrions que estan autoritzats per accedir al
+directori compartit.</para>
+
+ <para>Els clients NFS poden especificar-se en un nombre de maneres:</para>
+
+ <para><emphasis>únic amfitrió</emphasis>: un amfitrió, ja sigui per un àlies
+reconegut, el nom del domini complet o una adreça IP.</para>
+
+ <para><emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group.</para>
+
+ <para><emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard
+characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the
+domain cs.foo.edu.</para>
+
+ <para><emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all
+hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either
+`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Assignació de l'id. d'usuari</title>
+
+ <para><emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid
+0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client
+cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on
+the server itself.</para>
+
+ <para><emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root
+squashing. This option is mainly useful for diskless clients
+(no_root_squash).</para>
+
+ <para><emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids
+to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP
+directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID
+mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting.</para>
+
+ <para><emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of
+the anonymous account.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Opcions avançades</title>
+
+ <para><emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests
+originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option
+is on by default.</para>
+
+ <para><emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read
+and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any
+request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by
+using this option.</para>
+
+ <para><emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from
+violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made
+by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive).</para>
+
+ <para><emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can
+help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See
+exports(5) man page for more details.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Entrades del menú</title>
+
+ <para>Fins ara la llista té almenys una entrada.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs5.png" format="PNG"
+ revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im5"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>File|Write conf</title>
+
+ <para>Save the current configuration.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>NFS Server|Restart</title>
+
+ <para>The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>NFS Server|Reload</title>
+
+ <para>The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration
+files.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakproxy.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakproxy.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9cef80ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakproxy.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="drakproxy"
+ xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="drakproxy-ti1">Servidor intermediari</title>
+
+ <subtitle>drakproxy</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakproxy.png"
+ format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakproxy-im1"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use
+this tool<footnote>
+ <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakproxy</emphasis> as root.</para>
+ </footnote> to configure it. Your net
+administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify
+some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception.</para>
+
+ <para>From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a
+proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts as
+an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other
+servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service,
+such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a
+different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to
+simplify and control their complexity.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..efc1d1cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-ti1">Configure Media</title>
+
+ <subtitle>drakrpm-edit-media</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+
+
+
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <!-- 2013-01-06 marja - added Qilaq's and spturtle's corrections -->
+<!--2013-10-22 marja - improved wording, thanks to Aragorn :-)
+ - adjusted "Add" part to changed behaviour of this tool
+ (no longer a choice to only add "update sources" is
+ given) -->
+<imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-im1" fileref="drakrpm-edit-media.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para><important>
+ <para>First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as
+repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources
+to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button
+below).</para>
+ </important> <note>
+ <para>If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a
+USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media
+used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new
+packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the
+media type CD-Rom).</para>
+ </note> <note>
+ <para>Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called
+i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether
+your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They
+don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both
+the i586 and the x86_64 media.</para>
+ </note></para>
+
+ <para>This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis
+role="bold">Software management.</emphasis><footnote>
+ <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root.</para>
+ </footnote></para>
+
+ <section>
+ <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-columns">The columns</title>
+
+ <bridgehead>Column Enable:</bridgehead>
+
+ <para>The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with
+some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable.</para>
+
+ <bridgehead>Column Update:</bridgehead>
+
+ <para>The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only
+media with "Update" in its name should be selected. For security reasons,
+this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root
+and type <emphasis role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis></para>
+
+ <bridgehead>Column medium:</bridgehead>
+
+ <para>Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release
+versions contain at least:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs available
+supported by Mageia.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs which
+are not free</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there might
+be patent claims in some countries.</para>
+
+ <para>Each medium has 4 sub-sections:</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the this
+version of Mageia was released.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since release
+due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium enabled,
+even with a very slow internet connection.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions
+backported from Cauldron (the next version under development).</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests
+of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the
+corrections.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-right-button">The buttons on the right</title>
+
+ <para><guibutton>Remove:</guibutton></para>
+
+ <para>To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to
+remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example) since
+all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium.</para>
+
+ <para><guibutton>Edit:</guibutton></para>
+
+ <para>Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and
+proxy).</para>
+
+ <para><guibutton>Add:</guibutton></para>
+
+ <para>Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories
+contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the "Add" button
+adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that
+you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a
+specific mirror, then add it by choosing "Add a specific media mirror" from
+the drop-down "File" menu.</para>
+
+ <para><guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton></para>
+
+ <para>Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list
+in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same
+release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will
+be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-menu">The menu</title>
+
+ <para><guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu></para>
+
+ <para>A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and
+click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button.</para>
+
+ <para><guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu></para>
+
+ <para>Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's
+too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the
+actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them
+out. Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose
+between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the
+<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by
+clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very
+close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available
+mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
+
+ <para><guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu></para>
+
+ <para>It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that
+isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:</para>
+
+ <para><mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>Select the medium type, find a smart
+name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, according to
+the medium type)</para>
+
+ <para><guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu></para>
+
+ <para>This item allows you to choose when to "Verify RPMs to be installed" (always
+or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define the
+download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by default-,
+update only, always or never).</para>
+
+ <para><guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu></para>
+
+ <para>To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate
+the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the
+window that appear, select a medium and then click on
+<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click
+on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key.</para>
+
+ <para><warning>
+ <para>Do this with care, as with all security-related questions</para>
+ </warning><guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu></para>
+
+ <para>If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it
+here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if
+necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>.</para>
+
+ <para/>
+
+ <para>For more information about configuring the media, see <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management">the Mageia Wiki
+page</link>.</para>
+ </section>
+</section> \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/draksambashare.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/draksambashare.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5bc02bd7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/draksambashare.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="draksambashare"
+ xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="draksambashare-ti1">Share directories and drives with Samba</title>
+
+ <subtitle>draksambashare</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare.png"
+ format="PNG" revision="1"
+ xml:id="draksambashare-im1"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para/>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Introducció</title>
+
+ <para>Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some
+resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure
+the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is
+also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the
+resources of the Samba server.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Preparation</title>
+
+ <para>To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP
+address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with
+<xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>, or at the DHCP server which identifies the
+station with its MAC-address and give it always the same address. The
+firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba server.</para>
+
+ <para/>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Wizard - Standalone server</title>
+
+ <para>At the first run, the tools <footnote>
+ <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis
+role="bold"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root.</para>
+ </footnote> checks if
+needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are not
+yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare0.png"
+ format="PNG" revision="1"
+ xml:id="draksambashare0-im1"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already
+selected.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare1.png"
+ format="PNG" revision="1"
+ xml:id="draksambashare1-im1"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the
+access to the shared resources.</para>
+
+ <para>The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on
+the network.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare2.png"
+ format="PNG" revision="1"
+ xml:id="draksambashare2-im1"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>Choose the security mode:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the
+resource</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for
+each share</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP
+address or host name.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare3.png" format="PNG"
+ revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare3-im1"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be
+described in the Windows workstations.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare4.png"
+ format="PNG" revision="1"
+ xml:id="draksambashare-im4"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare5.png"
+ format="PNG" revision="1"
+ xml:id="draksambashare-im5"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the
+configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in
+<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare6.png"
+ format="PNG" revision="1"
+ xml:id="draksambashare-im6"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Wizard - Primary domain controller</title>
+
+ <para><mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="draksambashare13.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>If the "Primary domain controller"
+option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is to support or
+not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are then the same
+as for standalone server, except you can choose also the security mode:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and
+group accounts in a central, shared, account repository. The centralized
+account repository is shared between (security) controllers.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Declare a directory to share</title>
+
+ <para>With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare15.png" format="PNG"
+ revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare-im7"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the
+<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether
+the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share
+name can not be modified.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare16.png"
+ format="PNG" revision="1"
+ xml:id="draksambashare-im8"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para/>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Entrades del menú</title>
+
+ <para>When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used.</para>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>File|Write conf</title>
+
+ <para>Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Samba server|Configure</title>
+
+ <para>The wizard can be run again with this command.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Samba server|Restart</title>
+
+ <para>The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Samba Server|Reload</title>
+
+ <para>The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration
+files.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Printers share</title>
+
+ <para>Samba also allows you to share printers.</para>
+
+ <para><mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="draksambashare17.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject></para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Samba users</title>
+
+ <para>In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared
+resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref
+linkend="userdrake"/><mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="draksambashare18.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject></para>
+ </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/draksec.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/draksec.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4fd6e44f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/draksec.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="draksec">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="draksec-ti1">Configura l'autenticació per les eines de Mageia</title>
+
+ <subtitle>draksec</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="draksec-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draksec0.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>This tool<footnote>
+ <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">draksec</emphasis> as root.</para>
+ </footnote>is present in the Mageia
+Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Security</emphasis></para>
+
+ <para>It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks
+usually done by the administrator.</para>
+
+ <para>Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:
+ </para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="draksec.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in
+the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a
+drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the
+same MCC tab, the tool "Configure system security, permissions and audit".</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>No password: The tool is launched without asking any password.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+</section> \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/draksnapshot-config.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/draksnapshot-config.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..286b11eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/draksnapshot-config.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xml:id="draksnapshot-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="draksnapshot-config-ti1">Instantànies </title>
+ <subtitle>draksnapshot-config</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="draksnapshot-config-im1" revision="1" align="center"
+ format="PNG" fileref="draksnapshot-config.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> is available in MCC's
+<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration
+tools</guilabel> section.</para>
+ <para>When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message
+about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to
+proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed.</para>
+
+ <para>Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the
+<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable
+Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system,
+<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>.</para>
+ <para>If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose
+<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the
+<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to
+the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and
+files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the
+<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from
+the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role="bold">not</emphasis> be
+included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are
+done.</para>
+ <para>Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the
+<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted
+USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis
+role="bold">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+ <para>Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/draksound.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/draksound.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..abb7119f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/draksound.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xml:id="draksound" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="draksound-ti1">Configuració del so</title>
+ <subtitle>draksound</subtitle>
+ </info>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="draksound-im1" fileref="draksound.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">draksound</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> is present in the Mageia
+Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>.</para>
+ <para>Draksound deals with the sound configuration, PulseAudio options and
+troubleshooting. It will help you if you experience sound problems or if you
+change the sound card.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound
+inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting
+sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio
+volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences.</para>
+ <para>PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it
+enabled.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It
+is also recommended to leave it enabled.</para>
+ <para>The <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> button gives assistance with
+fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this
+before asking the community for help.</para>
+ <para>The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button displays a new window with an
+obvious button.</para>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="draksound1.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+</section> \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakups.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakups.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..208b4960
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakups.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakups" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="drakups-ti1">Configura un SAI per monitorar el corrent</title><subtitle>drakups</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="drakups-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakups.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
+
+
+ <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakups</emphasis> as root.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakvpn.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakvpn.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f233be2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakvpn.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="drakvpn">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="drakvpn-ti1">Configure VPN Connection to secure network access</title>
+
+ <subtitle>drakvpn</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakvpn-im1" align="center" fileref="drakvpn1.png" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Introducció</title>
+
+ <para>This tool<footnote>
+ <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakvpn</emphasis> as root.</para>
+ </footnote> allows to configure secure
+access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local
+workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the
+configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is
+already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the
+network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file .</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Configuració</title>
+
+ <para>First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which
+protocol is used for your virtual private network.</para>
+
+ <para>Then give your connection a name.</para>
+
+ <para>At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection.</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>For Cisco VPN</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para><mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="drakvpn3.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject></para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the
+first time the tool is used.</para>
+
+ <para><mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="drakvpn7.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>Select the files that you received
+from the network administrator.</para>
+
+ <para>Advanced parameters:</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="drakvpn8.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN
+connection.</para>
+
+ <para>This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network
+connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect
+to this VPN.</para>
+ </section>
+</section> \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_apache2.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_apache2.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..819f8c16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_apache2.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_apache2" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-ti1">Configure webserver</title><subtitle>drakwizard apache2</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_apache2.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can help you to set up a web
+server.
+ </para>
+ <section>
+ <title>What is a web server?</title>
+ <para>
+ Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be
+accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)
+ </para>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+ <title>Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2</title>
+ <para>
+ Welcome to the web server wizard.
+ </para>
+ <procedure>
+ <step>
+ <title>Introducció</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step1.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ <para>
+ The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+ </para>
+ </step>
+ <step>
+ <title>Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step2.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ <para>
+ Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad
+things.
+ </para>
+ </step>
+ <step>
+ <title>Server User Module</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step3.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ <para>
+ Allows users to create their own sites.
+ </para>
+ </step>
+ <step>
+ <title>User web directory name</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step4.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ <para>
+ The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will
+display it.
+ </para>
+ </step>
+ <step>
+ <title>Server Document Root</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step5.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ <para>
+ Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents.
+ </para>
+ </step>
+ <step>
+ <title>Resum</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step6.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ <para>
+ Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+ </para>
+ </step>
+ <step>
+ <title>Fi</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step7.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ <para>
+ You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
+ </para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_bind.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_bind.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c21fa2aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_bind.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_bind" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="drakwizard_bind-ti1">Configura DNS</title><subtitle>drakwizard bind</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_bind-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_bind.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
+
+
+ <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c5fd455e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">Configura DHCP</title>
+
+ <subtitle>drakwizard dhcp</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para><note>
+ <para>This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net
+interfaces</para>
+ </note></para>
+
+ <para>This tool<footnote>
+ <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root.</para>
+ </footnote> can help you to set up a
+<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should
+be installed before you can access to it.</para>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>What is DHCP?</title>
+
+ <para>The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a
+standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically
+configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet
+communication. (From Wikipedia)</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp</title>
+
+ <para>Welcome to the DHCP server wizard.</para>
+
+ <procedure>
+ <step>
+ <title>Introducció</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <title>Selecting Adaptor</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for
+which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <title>Select IP range</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im4"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want
+the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to
+some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then
+click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <title>Resum</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im5" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <title>Hold on...</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im6"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and
+change things around.</para>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <title>Hours later...</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im7"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>What is done</title>
+
+ <para><itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Instal·lació del paquet dhcp-server, si cal;</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from
+<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and
+adding the new parameters:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><code>hname</code></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><code>dns</code></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>net</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>ip</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><code>mask</code></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><code>rng1</code></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><code>rng2</code></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><code>dname</code></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><code>gateway</code></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><code>tftpserverip</code></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><code>dhcpd_interface</code></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Also modifying Webmin configuration file
+<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist></para>
+ </section>
+</section> \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_ntp.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_ntp.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..617f73b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_ntp.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp"
+ xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-ti1">Configura l'hora</title>
+
+ <subtitle>drakwizard ntp</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <!-- 2013-10-25 Lebarhon - 3 screenshots ready to be added when it is possible -->
+<imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_ntp.png" format="PNG"
+ revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-im1"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>This tool<footnote>
+ <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root.</para>
+ </footnote> purpose is to set the time of
+your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed by
+default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base
+packages.</para>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp</title>
+
+ <procedure>
+ <step>
+ <para>After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three
+time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice
+because this server always points to available time servers.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp1.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp2.png">
+ <info>
+<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/></info>
+ </imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <para>The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you
+arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it
+using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button. If everything is right,
+click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It
+may take a while and you finally get this screen below:</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp3.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <para>Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+
+ <para/>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>What is done</title>
+
+ <para>This tool executes the following steps:</para>
+
+ <para><itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Instal·lació del paquet <code>ntp</code>, si cal.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to
+<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and
+<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to
+<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of
+servers;</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server
+name;</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and
+<code>ntpd</code> services;</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist></para>
+ </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_proftpd.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2b578dd8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-ti1">Configura FTP</title><subtitle>drakwizard proftpd</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_proftpd.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can help you to set up an
+<acronym>FTP</acronym> server.
+ </para>
+ <section>
+ <title>What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?</title>
+ <para>
+ File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network
+protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a
+<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)
+ </para>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+ <title>Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd</title>
+ <para>
+ Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up.
+ </para>
+ <procedure>
+ <step>
+ <title>Introducció</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ <para>
+ The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+ </para>
+ </step>
+ <step>
+ <title>Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ <para>
+ Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad
+things.
+ </para>
+ </step>
+ <step>
+ <title>Server Information</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ <para>
+ Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email
+complaints too and whether to allow root login access.
+ </para>
+ </step>
+ <step>
+ <title>Server Options</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ <para>
+ Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>
+(File eXchange Protocol)
+ </para>
+ </step>
+ <step>
+ <title>Resum</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ <para>
+ Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+ </para>
+ </step>
+ <step>
+ <title>Fi</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ <para>
+ You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
+ </para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_squid.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_squid.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e5f6c9dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_squid.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="drakwizard_squid"
+ xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="drakwizard_squid-ti1">Configura el servidor intermediari</title>
+
+ <subtitle>drakwizard squid</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_squid.png" format="PNG"
+ revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im1"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>This tool<footnote>
+ <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root.</para>
+ </footnote> can help you to set up a
+proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed
+before you can access to it.</para>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>What is a proxy server?</title>
+
+ <para>A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts
+as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other
+servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service,
+such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a
+different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to
+simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid</title>
+
+ <para>Welcome to the proxy server wizard.</para>
+
+ <procedure>
+ <step>
+ <title>Introducció</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
+ format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im2"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <title>Selecting the proxy port</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
+ format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im3"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <title>Set Memory and Disk Usage</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
+ format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im4"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <title>Select Network Access Control</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
+ format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im5"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>Set visibility to local network or world, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <title>Grant Network Access</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
+ format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im6"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <title>Use Upper Level Proxy Server?</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
+ format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im7"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step.</para>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <title>Upper Level Proxy URL and Port</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
+ format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im8"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <title>Resum</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
+ format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im9"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <title>Start during boot?</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
+ format="PNG" revision="1"
+ xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im10"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then
+click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <title>Fi</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
+ format="PNG" revision="1"
+ xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im11"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>What is done</title>
+
+ <para><itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Instal·lació del paquet squid, si cal;</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in
+<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from
+<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><code>cache_dir</code></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><code>localnet</code></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>cache_mem</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>http_port</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><code>cache_peer</code></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><code>visible_hostname</code></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Restarting <code>squid.</code></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist></para>
+ </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_sshd.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_sshd.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7e50a4ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_sshd.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_sshd" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-ti1">Configuració del dimoni OpenSSH</title><subtitle>drakwizard sshd</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_sshd.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+
+ <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can help you to set up an
+<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon.
+ </para>
+ <section>
+ <title>What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?</title>
+ <para>
+ Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data
+communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and
+other secure network services between two networked computers that connects,
+via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client
+(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs,
+respectively). (From Wikipedia)
+ </para>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+ <title>Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd</title>
+ <para>
+ Welcome to the Open SSH wizard.
+ </para>
+ <procedure>
+ <step>
+ <title>Select Type of Configure Options</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ <para>
+ Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or
+<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+ </para>
+ </step>
+ <step>
+ <title>Opcions generals</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ <para>
+ Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard
+<acronym>SSH</acronym> port.
+ </para>
+ </step>
+ <step>
+ <title>Authentication Methods</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ <para>
+ Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting,
+then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+ </para>
+ </step>
+ <step>
+ <title>Logging</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ <para>
+ Choose logging facility and level of output, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+ </para>
+ </step>
+ <step>
+ <title>Login Options</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ <para>
+ Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+ </para>
+ </step>
+ <step>
+ <title>User Login Options</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ <para>
+ Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+ </para>
+ </step>
+ <step>
+ <title>Compression and Forwarding</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ <para>
+ Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+ </para>
+ </step>
+ <step>
+ <title>Resum</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im9" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ <para>
+ Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+ </para>
+ </step>
+ <step>
+ <title>Fi</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im10" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ <para>
+ You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
+ </para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakxservices.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakxservices.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..49836ce5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/drakxservices.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakxservices" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="drakxservices-ti1">Gestiona els serveis de sistema activant-los o desactivant-los</title><subtitle>drakxservices</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata width="80%" xml:id="drakxservices-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakxservices.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
+
+ <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakxservices</emphasis> as root.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/harddrake2.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/harddrake2.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3eca3510
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/harddrake2.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="harddrake2"
+ xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="harddrake2-ti1">Hardware configuration</title>
+
+ <subtitle>harddrake2</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center" fileref="harddrake2.png"
+ format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="harddrake2-im1"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>This tool<footnote>
+ <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">harddrake2</emphasis> as root.</para>
+ </footnote> gives a general view of the
+hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job to
+look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command
+<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in
+<code>ldetect-lst</code> package.</para>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>The window</title>
+
+ <para>The window is divided in two columns.</para>
+
+ <para>The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are
+grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a
+category. Each device can be selected in this column.</para>
+
+ <para>The right column displays information about the selected device. The
+<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information
+about the content of the fields.</para>
+
+ <para>According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are
+available at the bottom of the right column:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to
+parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must
+used by experts only.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can
+configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para/>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>The menu</title>
+
+ <para><bridgehead>Opcions</bridgehead></para>
+
+ <para>The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to
+enable automatic detection:</para>
+
+ <para><itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>modem</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Jaz devices</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Zip parallel devices</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check
+the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will
+be operational the next time this tool is started.</para>
+ </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/keyboarddrake.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/keyboarddrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..378cc19d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/keyboarddrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="keyboarddrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="keyboarddrake-ti1">Set up the Keyboard Layout</title>
+
+
+
+ <!-- 2012-09-02 marja changed the title to "Set up the Keyboard Layout", so it is the same as the title in MCC -->
+<subtitle>keyboarddrake</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="keyboarddrake.png" xml:id="keyboarddrake-im1" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Introducció</title>
+
+ <para>The keyboarddrake tool<footnote>
+ <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
+ </footnote> helps you
+configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on
+Mageia. It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can
+be found in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled
+"Configure mouse and keyboard".</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Keyboard Layout</title>
+
+ <para>Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed
+in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each
+layout should be used for.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Keyboard Type</title>
+
+ <para>This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are
+unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type.</para>
+ </section>
+</section> \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/localedrake.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/localedrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f6c715f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/localedrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="localedrake"
+ xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="localedrake-ti1">Gestiona la localització del sistema</title>
+
+ <subtitle>localedrake</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center" fileref="localedrake.png"
+ format="PNG" revision="1"
+ xml:id="localedrake-im1"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">localedrake</emphasis> as root.
+ </para></footnote> can be found in the System
+section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "Manage localization for
+your system". It opens with a window in which you can choose your
+language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during installation.</para>
+
+ <para>The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate
+compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8).</para>
+
+ <para>The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected
+language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to
+countries not listed.</para>
+
+ <para>You have to restart your session after any modifications.</para>
+
+<section xml:id="input_method">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="input_method-ti1">Mètode d'entrada</title>
+ </info>
+ <para>In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an
+input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input
+methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese,
+Korean, etc).</para>
+ <para> For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so
+users should not need to configure it manually.</para>
+ <para>Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions
+and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another
+part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref>.</para>
+</section>
+
+</section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/logdrake.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/logdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f23d6fee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/logdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="logdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="logdrake-ti1">Visualitza i cerca els registres del sistema</title>
+
+ <subtitle>logdrake</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="logdrake-im1" format="PNG" fileref="logdrake.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>This tool<footnote>
+ <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">logdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
+ </footnote> is found in the Mageia
+Control Center System tab, labelled "<guilabel>View and search system
+logs</guilabel>".</para>
+
+ <para/>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>To do a search in the logs</title>
+
+ <para>First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis
+role="bold">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to
+<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field
+<emphasis role="bold">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)
+to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is
+possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis
+role="bold">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the
+month and year, and check "<guibutton>Show only for the selected
+day</guibutton>". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button
+to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the
+file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by
+clicking on the <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis> button.</para>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia
+configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs are
+updated each time a configuration is modified.</para>
+ </note>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>To configure a mail alert</title>
+
+ <para><guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and
+the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured
+address.</para>
+
+ <para>To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role="bold">Mail
+Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton>
+Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the
+running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to
+look watch. (See screenshot above).</para>
+
+ <para>The following services can be watched :</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Servei Webmin</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Servidor de correu Postfix</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Servidor FTP</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Servidor World Wide Web Apache</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Servidor SSH</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Servidor Samba</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Servei Xinetd</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>BIND Domain Name Resolve</para>
+
+ <para><mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="logdrake1.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider
+unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows
+the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone
+out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value
+to 3 times the number of processors.</para>
+
+ <para>In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the
+person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local
+or on the Internet).</para>
+ </section>
+</section> \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/lsnetdrake.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/lsnetdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..24755eb1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/lsnetdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
+xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+xml:id="lsnetdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="lsnetdrake-ti1">Display Available NFS And SMB Shares</title>
+ <subtitle>lsnetdrake</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <para>This tool <footnote>
+ <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">lsnetdrake</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+ </footnote> can only be started and used
+on the command line.</para>
+
+ <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Documentation
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/lspcidrake.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/lspcidrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fcac27c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/lspcidrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="lspcidrake">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="lspcidrake-ti1">Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information</title>
+
+ <subtitle>lspcidrake</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <para>This tool <footnote>
+ <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">lspcidrake</emphasis>.</para>
+ </footnote> can only be started and used
+on the command line. It will give some more information if used under root.</para>
+
+ <para>lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB,
+PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst
+packages to work.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake1.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications.</para>
+
+ <para>lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it
+is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:</para>
+
+ <para>Information about the graphic card;</para>
+
+ <para><command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command></para>
+
+ <para>Information about the network</para>
+
+ <para><command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command></para>
+
+ <para>-i to ignore case distinctions.</para>
+
+ <para>In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for
+lspcidrake and the -i option for grep.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake2.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is
+called <emphasis role="bold">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)</para>
+</section> \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mcc-boot.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mcc-boot.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8ce00e2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mcc-boot.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="mcc-boot">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="mcc-boot-ti1">Arrencada</title>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center" fileref="mcc-boot.png"
+ format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="mcc-boot-im1"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+
+ <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot
+steps. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
+
+
+ <orderedlist><title>Configura els passos de l'arrencada</title>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="drakautologin"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="drakboot"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="drakedm"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+
+ <xi:include href="drakautologin.xml"></xi:include>
+
+ <xi:include href="drakboot.xml"></xi:include>
+
+ <xi:include href="drakedm.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mcc-hardware.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mcc-hardware.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0a9b67cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mcc-hardware.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="mcc-hardware">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="mcc-hardware-ti1">Maquinari</title>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center" fileref="mcc-hardware.png"
+ format="PNG" revision="1"
+ xml:id="mcc-hardware-im1"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your
+hardware. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+
+ <orderedlist><title>Administra el maquinari</title>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="harddrake2"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure
+hardware</emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="draksound"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+
+ <orderedlist><title>Configura els gràfics</title>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="drak3d"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="XFdrake"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+
+ <orderedlist><title>Configura teclat i ratolí</title>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="keyboarddrake"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="mousedrake"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+
+ <orderedlist><title>Configura impressió i escaneig</title>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="system-config-printer"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s),
+the print job queues, ...</emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="scannerdrake"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+
+ <orderedlist><title>Altres</title>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="drakups"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+
+ <xi:include href="harddrake2.xml"></xi:include>
+
+ <xi:include href="draksound.xml"></xi:include>
+
+ <xi:include href="drak3d.xml"></xi:include>
+
+ <xi:include href="XFdrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+ <xi:include href="keyboarddrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+ <xi:include href="mousedrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+ <xi:include href="system-config-printer.xml"></xi:include>
+
+ <xi:include href="scannerdrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+ <xi:include href="drakups.xml"></xi:include>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mcc-intro.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mcc-intro.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1a542f13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mcc-intro.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="mcc-intro"><info><title xml:id="mcc-intro-ti1">About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center</title></info>
+
+
+ <para>The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to
+choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was
+installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be
+selected in the big right panel.</para>
+
+ <para>The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related
+tools.</para>
+
+<para>The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in
+any of the MCC tabs.</para>
+
+ <para>The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool
+screens.</para>
+
+ <para>There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on
+the "Search" tab in the left column.</para>
+
+ </section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mcc-localdisks.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mcc-localdisks.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6e50a96c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mcc-localdisks.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-localdisks" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
+
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="mcc-localdisks-ti1">Discs locals</title>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="mcc-localdisks-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="mcc-localdisks.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your
+local disks. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
+
+ <orderedlist><title>Discs locals</title>
+ <listitem><para><xref linkend="drakdisk"></xref></para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--removable"></xref></para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--fileshare"></xref></para></listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+
+ <xi:include href="drakdisk.xml"></xi:include>
+
+ <xi:include href="diskdrake--removable.xml"></xi:include>
+
+ <xi:include href="diskdrake--fileshare.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+ </section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mcc-network.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mcc-network.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ae4f4e95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mcc-network.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-network" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="mcc-network-ti1">Network and Internet</title>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="mcc-network.png" xml:id="mcc-network-im1" />
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link
+below to learn more.</para>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <title>Administra dispositius de xarxa</title>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="draknetcenter"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="drakconnect"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="drakconnect--del"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <title>Personalitza i assegura la xarxa</title>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="drakproxy"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="drakgw"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="draknetprofile"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="drakvpn"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <title>Altres</title>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+
+ <xi:include href="draknetcenter.xml"/>
+
+ <xi:include href="drakconnect.xml"/>
+
+ <xi:include href="drakconnect--del.xml"/>
+
+ <xi:include href="drakproxy.xml"/>
+
+ <xi:include href="drakgw.xml"/>
+
+ <xi:include href="draknetprofile.xml"/>
+
+ <xi:include href="drakvpn.xml"/>
+
+ <xi:include href="drakhosts.xml"/>
+</section> \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mcc-networkservices.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mcc-networkservices.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3ba08b95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mcc-networkservices.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="mcc-networkservices">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="mcc-networkservices-ti1">Serveis de xarxa</title>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center" fileref="mcc-networkservices.png"
+ format="PNG" revision="1"
+ xml:id="mcc-networkservices-im1"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if
+the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose
+between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or
+on <xref linkend="mcc-sharing"/>to learn more.</para>
+
+ <orderedlist><title>Serveis de xarxa</title>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_dhcp"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_bind"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_squid"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_ntp"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_sshd"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ </orderedlist>
+
+ <xi:include href="drakwizard_dhcp.xml"></xi:include>
+
+ <xi:include href="drakwizard_bind.xml"></xi:include>
+
+ <xi:include href="drakwizard_squid.xml"></xi:include>
+
+ <xi:include href="drakwizard_ntp.xml"></xi:include>
+
+ <xi:include href="drakwizard_sshd.xml"></xi:include>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mcc-networksharing.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mcc-networksharing.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c344aa97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mcc-networksharing.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-networksharing" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="mcc-networksharing-ti1">Compartició en xarxa</title>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="mcc-networksharing-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="mcc-networksharing.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and
+directories. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <orderedlist><title>Configura les comparticions Windows(R)</title>
+ <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--smb"></xref></para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><xref linkend="draksambashare"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and
+directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis></para></listitem>
+ </orderedlist></listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <orderedlist><title>Configura les comparticions NFS</title>
+ <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--nfs"></xref></para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><xref linkend="draknfs"></xref></para></listitem>
+ </orderedlist></listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <orderedlist><title>Configura les comparticions WebDAV</title>
+ <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--dav"></xref></para></listitem>
+ </orderedlist></listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+
+ <xi:include href="diskdrake--smb.xml"></xi:include>
+
+ <xi:include href="draksambashare.xml"></xi:include>
+
+ <xi:include href="diskdrake--nfs.xml"></xi:include>
+
+ <xi:include href="draknfs.xml"></xi:include>
+
+ <xi:include href="diskdrake--dav.xml"></xi:include>
+
+ </section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mcc-security.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mcc-security.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a7b1e593
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mcc-security.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="mcc-security">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="mcc-security-ti1">Seguretat</title>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center" fileref="mcc-security.png"
+ format="PNG" revision="1"
+ xml:id="mcc-security-im1"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a
+link below to learn more.</para>
+
+ <orderedlist><title>Seguretat</title>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="msecgui"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, permissions
+and audit</emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="drakfirewall"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="draksec"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="drakinvictus"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="drakguard"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+
+ <xi:include href="msecgui.xml"></xi:include>
+
+ <xi:include href="drakfirewall.xml"></xi:include>
+ <xi:include href="draksec.xml"></xi:include>
+
+ <xi:include href="drakinvictus.xml"></xi:include>
+ <xi:include href="drakguard.xml"></xi:include>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mcc-sharing.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mcc-sharing.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d07d22fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mcc-sharing.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="mcc-sharing">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="mcc-sharing-ti1">Compartició</title>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center" fileref="mcc-sharing.png"
+ format="PNG" revision="1"
+ xml:id="mcc-sharing-im1"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only
+visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can
+choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link
+below or on <xref linkend="mcc-networkservices"/>to learn more.</para>
+
+ <orderedlist><title>Compartició</title>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_proftpd"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_apache2"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+
+ <xi:include href="drakwizard_proftpd.xml"></xi:include>
+
+ <xi:include href="drakwizard_apache2.xml"></xi:include>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mcc-system.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mcc-system.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..92ffb518
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mcc-system.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xml:id="mcc-system" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="mcc-system-ti1">Sistema</title>
+ </info>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="mcc-system-im1" fileref="mcc-system.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ <para>In this screen you can choose between several system and administration
+tools. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <title>Administra els serveis del sistema</title>
+ <listitem>
+ <para> <xref linkend="drakauth"/> </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="drakxservices"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="drakfont"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <title>Localització</title>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="drakclock"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="localedrake"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <title>Eines d'administració</title>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="logdrake"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="drakconsole"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="userdrake"/><emphasis> = Manage users on system</emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="transfugdrake"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+
+ <xi:include href="drakauth.xml"/>
+
+ <xi:include href="drakxservices.xml"/>
+
+ <xi:include href="drakfont.xml"/>
+
+ <xi:include href="drakclock.xml"/>
+
+ <xi:include href="localedrake.xml"/>
+
+ <xi:include href="logdrake.xml"/>
+
+ <xi:include href="drakconsole.xml"/>
+
+ <xi:include href="userdrake.xml"/>
+
+ <xi:include href="transfugdrake.xml"/>
+
+ <xi:include href="draksnapshot-config.xml"/>
+</section> \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mgaapplet-config.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mgaapplet-config.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..34d8040f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mgaapplet-config.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mgaapplet-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="mgaapplet-config-ti1">Configura la freqüència de les actualitzacions</title>
+
+ <subtitle>mgaapplet-config</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="mgaapplet-config-im1" format="PNG" fileref="mgaapplet-config.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>This tool<footnote>
+ <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root.</para>
+ </footnote> is present in the Mageia
+Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Software
+management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click /
+Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <inlinemediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </inlinemediaobject> in the system tray.</para>
+
+ <para/>
+
+ <para>The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for
+updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check. The
+check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is
+out.</para>
+
+ <para/>
+</section> \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mousedrake.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mousedrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dfbd1ede
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/mousedrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mousedrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="mousedrake-ti1">Prepara el dispositiu de punter (ratolí, ratolí tàctil)</title>
+
+ <subtitle>mousedrake</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="mousedrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="mousedrake.png" align="center" format="PNG" />
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">mousedrake</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> is present in the Mageia
+Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>.</para>
+
+ <para>As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by
+Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse.</para>
+
+ <para>The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse
+and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time "Universal / Any
+PS/2 &amp; USB mice" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is
+immediately taken into account.</para>
+
+ </section> \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/msecgui.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/msecgui.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8689dcf8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/msecgui.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,358 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="msecgui">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="msecgui-ti1">MSEC: Sistema de seguretat i auditoria</title>
+
+ <subtitle>msecgui</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+
+
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <!-- written by Lebarhon 2014/01/03 To be checked-->
+<imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="msecgui-im1" revision="1" fileref="msecgui.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Presentation</title>
+
+ <para>msecgui<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">msecgui</emphasis> as root.</para>
+ </footnote> is a graphic user interface for
+msec that allows to configure your system security according to two
+approaches:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to
+make it more secure.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn
+you if something seems dangerous.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>msec uses the concept of "security levels" which are intended to configure a
+set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or
+enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your
+own customised security levels.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Overview tab</title>
+
+ <para>See the screenshot above</para>
+
+ <para>The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a
+button on the right side to configure them:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>msec itself with some information:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>enabled or not</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>the configured Base security level</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report
+and another button to execute the checks just now.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Security settings tab</title>
+
+ <para>A click on the second tab or on the Security
+<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown
+below.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="msecgui2.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Basic security tab</title>
+
+ <para role="underline">
+ <emphasis role="underline">Security levels:</emphasis>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab
+allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then
+in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The
+following levels are available:</para>
+
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you
+do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on
+your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or
+constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only
+if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system
+vulnerable to attack.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">standard</emphasis>. This is the default
+configuration when installed and is intended for casual users. It
+constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which
+detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory
+permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec
+versions).</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when
+you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts
+system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to
+the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and
+5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions).</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided,
+such as the <emphasis role="bold">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis
+role="bold">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis
+role="bold">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure
+system security according to the most common use cases.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The last two levels called <emphasis role="bold">audit_daily </emphasis> and
+<emphasis role="bold">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security levels
+but rather tools for periodic checks only.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+
+ <para>These levels are saved in
+<filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. You can define
+your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called
+<filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed into the folder
+<filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for
+power users which require a customised or more secure system configuration.</para>
+
+ <caution>
+ <para>Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default
+level settings.</para>
+ </caution>
+
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="underline">Security alerts:</emphasis>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email
+to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent
+by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You
+can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail
+and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive
+the security alerts directly on your desktop. Check the relevant box to
+enable it.</para>
+
+ <important>
+ <para>It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to
+immediately inform the security administrator of possible security
+problems. If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs
+files available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename></para></important>
+
+ <para><emphasis role="underline">Security options:</emphasis></para>
+
+ <para>Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer
+security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change
+any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in
+<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains
+the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done
+to the options.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>System security tab</title>
+
+ <para>This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a
+description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side
+column.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="msecgui3.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see
+screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the
+actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be
+selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the
+choice.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="msecgui11.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <caution>
+ <para>Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration
+using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you
+have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before
+saving them.</para>
+ </caution>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="msecgui10.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Seguretat de la xarxa</title>
+
+ <para>This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="msecgui4.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Periodic checks tab</title>
+
+ <para>Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of
+security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous.</para>
+
+ <para>This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency
+if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is
+checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="msecgui5.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Exceptions tab</title>
+
+ <para>Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In
+these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab
+allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert
+messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot
+below shows four exceptions.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="msecgui6.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton>
+button</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="msecgui7.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called
+<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the
+<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is
+obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the
+<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel>
+tab or modify it with a double clicK.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Permisos</title>
+ <para>This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and
+enforcement.</para>
+ <para>Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard,
+secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security
+level. You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them
+into specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed
+into the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is
+intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is
+also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission
+you want. Current configuration is stored in
+<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the
+list of all the modifications done to the permissions.</para>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="msecgui8.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ <para>Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You
+can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the
+owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a
+given rule:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the
+defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message
+if not, but does not change anything.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the
+permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the
+permissions.</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <important><para>For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis
+role="bold">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly.</para></important><para>To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button
+and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in
+the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification.</para>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="msecgui9.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ <para>Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do
+not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the
+menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed
+the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them. </para>
+ <note><para>It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the
+configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>.
+ </para></note>
+ <caution><para>Changes in the <emphasis role="bold">Permission tab</emphasis> (or directly
+in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first periodic
+check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role="bold">Periodic
+checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately into
+account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You can
+use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will be
+changed by msecperms.</para></caution>
+ <caution><para>Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file
+manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked
+in the <emphasis role="bold">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will write
+the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the configuration of
+the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the <emphasis
+role="bold">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>.</para></caution>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/otherMageiaTools.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/otherMageiaTools.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3d7adc92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/otherMageiaTools.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="otherMageiaTools">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="otherMageiaTools-ti1">Other Mageia Tools</title>
+ </info>
+
+ <para>There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia
+Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the
+next pages.</para>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="drakbug"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="drakbug_report"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="lsnetdrake"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="lspcidrake"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>And more tools?</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+
+ <xi:include href="drakbug.xml"></xi:include>
+
+ <xi:include href="drakbug_report.xml"></xi:include>
+
+ <xi:include href="lsnetdrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+ <xi:include href="lspcidrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/rpmdrake.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/rpmdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cd0262e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/rpmdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="rpmdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
+ <!--2012-09-03 marja expanded xml:id's of section and title below, because they conflicted with identical xml:id's in another page of MCC help, also replaced first para in some sections with title tags, removed figure tags-->
+<info annotations="simonnzg 6jan2013">
+ <title xml:id="rpmdrake-ti1">Software Management (Install and Remove Software)</title>
+
+ <subtitle>rpmdrake</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="rpmdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="rpmdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+
+
+ <section xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction">
+ <title xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction-ti1">Introduction to rpmdrake</title>
+
+ <para>This tool<footnote>
+ <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
+ </footnote>, also known as drakrpm, is a
+program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the
+graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online
+package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official
+servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages
+available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only
+certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by
+default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed
+packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries
+of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names
+included in the packages.</para>
+
+ <para>To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref
+linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
+
+ <important>
+ <para>During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for
+the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake
+will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up window
+: <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake8.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>If the above message annoys you
+and you have a good internet connection without too strict download limit,
+it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online repositories
+thanks to <xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
+
+ <para>Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more
+packages, and allow to update your installed packages.</para>
+ </important>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>The main parts of the screen</title>
+
+ <screenshot>
+<mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake1.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject></screenshot>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">Package type filter:</emphasis></para>
+
+ <para>This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first
+time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical
+interface. You can display either all the packages and all their
+dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only,
+updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia.</para>
+
+ <warning>
+ <para>The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who
+probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading
+this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge
+of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to "All".</para>
+ </warning>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><firstterm> <emphasis role="bold">Package state filter:</emphasis>
+</firstterm></para>
+
+ <para>This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the
+packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and
+not installed.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">Search mode:</emphasis></para>
+
+ <para>Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their
+summaries, through their complete description or through the files included
+in the packages.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">"Find" box:</emphasis></para>
+
+ <para>Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword
+for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for "mplayer" and
+"xine" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">Erase all:</emphasis></para>
+
+ <para>This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the "Find" box
+.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">Categories list:</emphasis></para>
+
+ <para>This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and
+sub categories.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">Description panel:</emphasis></para>
+
+ <para>This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete
+description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It
+can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the
+package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>The status column</title>
+
+ <para>Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by
+category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A
+list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium
+is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is
+installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or
+uncheck the box before the package name and click on
+<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
+
+ <para><table>
+ <title/>
+
+ <tgroup cols="2" align="left">
+ <colspec align="center"/>
+
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry align="center">Icona</entry>
+
+ <entry valign="middle" align="center">Legend</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry><mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake2.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject></entry>
+
+ <entry valign="middle">This package is already installed</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry><mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake3.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject></entry>
+
+ <entry valign="middle">This package will be installed</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry><mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake4.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject></entry>
+
+ <entry valign="middle">This package cannot be modified</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry><mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake5.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject></entry>
+
+ <entry valign="middle">This package is an update</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry><mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake6.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject></entry>
+
+ <entry valign="middle">This package will be uninstalled</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table></para>
+
+ <para>Examples in the screenshot above:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status
+icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking
+on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange
+with a down arrow status icon will appear and it will be installed when
+clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>The dependencies</title>
+
+ <screenshot>
+<mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake7.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject></screenshot>
+
+ <para>Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They
+are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an
+information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected
+dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It
+may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed
+library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a
+button to get more information and another button to choose which package to
+install.</para>
+ </section>
+</section> \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/scannerdrake.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/scannerdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..07e854ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/scannerdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,259 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="scannerdrake"
+ xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="scannerdrake-ti1">Prepara un escàner</title>
+ <subtitle>scannerdrake</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+
+
+ <section xml:id="scannerinstallation">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="scannerinstallation-ti1">Instal·lació</title>
+ </info>
+
+ <para>This tool <footnote>
+ <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
+<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
+ </footnote> allows you to configure a
+single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. It
+also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a
+remote computer or to access remote scanners.</para>
+
+ <para>When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following
+message:</para>
+
+ <para><emphasis>"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis></para>
+
+ <para><emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?"</emphasis></para>
+
+ <para>Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install
+<code>scanner-gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet
+installed.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center" fileref="scannerdrake.png"
+ format="PNG" revision="1"
+ xml:id="scannerdrake-im1"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see
+the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance,
+<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>.</para>
+
+ <para>In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner
+sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref
+linkend="scannersharing"/>.</para>
+
+
+ <para>However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its
+cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new
+scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a
+scanner manually</emphasis>.</para>
+
+ <para>Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the
+list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis></para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center" fileref="scannerdrake2.png"
+ format="PNG" revision="1"
+ xml:id="scannerdrake-im2"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click
+<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis></para>
+
+ <para>Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link
+xlink:href="http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html">SANE:
+Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link
+xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forums</link>.</para>
+ </note>
+
+<figure xml:id="choosescannerport">
+<info>
+ <title xml:id="choosescannerport-ti1">Choose port</title>
+ </info> <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center" fileref="scannerdrake3.png"
+ format="PNG" revision="1"
+ xml:id="scannerdrake-im3"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject></figure>
+
+ <para>You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available
+ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that
+case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one.</para>
+
+ <para>After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen
+similar to the one below.</para>
+<para>If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref
+linkend="scannerextrasteps"/>.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center" fileref="scannerdrake4.png"
+ format="PNG" revision="1"
+ xml:id="scannerdrake-im4"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </section>
+
+ <section xml:id="scannersharing">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="scannersharing-ti2">Scannersharing</title>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center" fileref="scannerdrake5.png"
+ format="PNG" revision="1"
+ xml:id="scannerdrake-im5"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be
+accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also
+decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on
+this machine.</para>
+
+ <para>Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or
+deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on
+this computer.</para>
+
+ <para>Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted
+from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center" fileref="scannerdrake6.png"
+ format="PNG" revision="1"
+ xml:id="scannerdrake-im6"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center" fileref="scannerdrake7.png"
+ format="PNG" revision="1"
+ xml:id="scannerdrake-im7"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote
+machines.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center" fileref="scannerdrake8.png"
+ format="PNG" revision="1"
+ xml:id="scannerdrake-im8"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>"All remote machines" are allowed to access the local scanner.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center" fileref="scannerdrake9.png"
+ format="PNG" revision="1"
+ xml:id="scannerdrake-im9"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool
+offers to do it.</para>
+
+ <para>At the end, the tool will alter these files:</para>
+
+ <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis></para>
+
+ <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis></para>
+
+ <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive
+"net"</para>
+
+ <para>It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and
+<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot.</para>
+ </section>
+
+<section xml:id="scannerspecifics">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="scannerspecifics-ti2">Specifics</title>
+ </info>
+
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Hewlett-Packard</para>
+
+ <para>Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>
+(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow
+you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device
+Manager</emphasis>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Epson</para>
+
+ <para>Drivers are available from <link
+xlink:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">this
+page</link>. When indicated, you must install the
+<emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then
+<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the
+<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict
+with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be
+ignored.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+</section>
+
+<section xml:id="scannerextrasteps">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="scannerextrasteps-ti1">Extra installation steps</title>
+ </info>
+
+ <para>It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref
+linkend="choosescannerport"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra
+steps to correctly configure your scanner.</para>
+
+<itemizedlist>
+
+ <listitem>
+<para>In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded
+each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device,
+after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the
+firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you
+downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor.</para><para>
+ When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at
+each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient.</para>
+</listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+<para>Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the
+<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"name_of_your_SANE_backend".conf file.</emphasis> </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+<listitem>
+<para>Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know
+what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link
+xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forums</link>.</para>
+</listitem>
+
+</itemizedlist>
+
+ </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/software-management.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/software-management.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..753f2d3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/software-management.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca"
+xml:id="software-management">
+ <info>
+ <title xml:id="software-management-ti1">Gestió de programari</title>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="software-management-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="software-management.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools for software
+management. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
+ <orderedlist><title>Gestió de programari</title>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="MageiaUpdate"></xref><emphasis> = Update your
+system</emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="mgaapplet-config"></xref></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media
+sources for install and update</emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+
+ <xi:include href="rpmdrake.xml"></xi:include>
+ <xi:include href="MageiaUpdate.xml"></xi:include>
+ <xi:include href="mgaapplet-config.xml"></xi:include>
+ <xi:include href="drakrpm-edit-media.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/system-config-printer.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/system-config-printer.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8c9ece5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/system-config-printer.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,341 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="system-config-printer">
+
+
+
+
+ <info>
+ <!-- Language proof JohnR 2012/08/28 -->
+<!-- 2012-09-03 marja: made the link to Complete the installation process work (I hope)
+ Lebarhon : added All in one devices in the chapter "Hewlett-Packard printers" 12/13-->
+<title xml:id="system-config-printer-ti1">Install and configure a printer</title>
+
+ <subtitle>system-config-printer</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="system-config-printer-im1" format="PNG" fileref="system-config-printer.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <section xml:id="introduction">
+ <title xml:id="introduction-ti1">Introducció</title>
+
+ <para>Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link
+ns2:title="CUPS" ns2:href="http://localhost:631">configuration
+interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia
+offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer
+which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu
+and openSUSE.</para>
+
+ <para>You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the
+installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way.</para>
+
+ <para>Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel>
+section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure
+printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<footnote>
+ <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
+<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked
+for.</para>
+ </footnote>.</para>
+
+ <para>MCC will ask for the installation two packages:</para>
+
+ <blockquote>
+ <para>task-printing-server</para>
+
+ <para>task-printing-hp</para>
+ </blockquote>
+
+ <para>It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of
+dependencies are needed.</para>
+
+ <para>To add a printer, choose the "Add" printer button. The system will try to
+detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a
+printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a
+printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line. The window
+will also attempt to configure a network printer.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section xml:id="automatic">
+ <title>Automatically detected printer</title>
+
+ <para>This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the
+name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click
+"Next". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be
+automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known
+drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the
+next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend="terminate"/></para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section xml:id="non_automatic">
+ <title>No automatically detected printer</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="printer3.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window
+to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following
+options.</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Select printer from database</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>provide PPD file</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>search for a driver to download</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer
+first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one
+driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have
+encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one
+which know to work.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section xml:id="terminate">
+ <title>Complete the installation process</title>
+
+ <para>After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will
+allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is
+the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of
+available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After
+this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available
+printers.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section xml:id="network_printer">
+ <title>Network printer</title>
+
+ <para>Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or
+wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to
+another workstation that serves as printserver.</para>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed
+IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same
+as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed
+one.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or
+printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a
+configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label
+on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a
+Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it
+as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters
+after "HWaddr".</para>
+
+ <para>You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to
+your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose,
+you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find
+Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu
+and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it
+says "host".</para>
+
+ <para>If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a
+protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the
+list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list.</para>
+
+ <para>Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find
+which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section xml:id="network_printing_protocols">
+ <title>Network printing protocols</title>
+
+ <para>One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as
+JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network
+via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is
+known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers
+which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the
+IP-address is that of the router. Note that the tool "Hp Device manager" can
+manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like
+<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed
+IP-adress is not required.</para>
+
+ <para>Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the
+protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change
+the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be
+changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is
+the same as above.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="printer5.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>The other protocols are:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can
+be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer
+connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by
+some ADSL-routers.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp,
+but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol. The port has to be
+defined. By default, the port 631 is used.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but
+with TLS secured protocol.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be
+accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer
+connected to a station using LPD.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a
+station running Windows or a SMB server and shared.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form
+the URI:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Appsocket</para>
+
+ <para><uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</para>
+
+ <para><uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
+
+ <para><uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol</para>
+
+ <para><uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>Additional information can be found in the <link
+ns2:href="http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html">CUPS
+documentation.</link></para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section xml:id="properties">
+ <title>Device Properties</title>
+
+ <para>You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to
+parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your
+system, but you can specify a different one with the
+<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu,
+another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters
+of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> |
+<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem></para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title xml:id="troubleshoot">Troubleshoot</title>
+
+ <para>You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by
+inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename></para>
+
+ <para>You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the
+<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section xml:id="specificities">
+ <title>Specifics</title>
+
+ <para>It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in
+Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link
+ns2:href="http://openprinting.org/printers/">openprinting</link> site to
+check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package
+is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then,
+redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report
+the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this
+tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer
+works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other
+up-to-date drivers or for more recent devices.</para>
+
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">Brother printers</emphasis></para>
+
+ <para><link
+ns2:href="http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html">This
+page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver
+for your device, download the rpm(s) and install.</para>
+
+ <para>You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility.</para>
+
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one
+devices</emphasis></para>
+
+ <para>These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the
+detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information
+<link
+ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html">here</link>. The
+tool "HP Device Manager" is available in the <guilabel>System</guilabel>
+menu. Also view <link
+ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html">configuration</link>
+for the management of the printer.</para>
+
+ <para>A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner
+features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't
+allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate). In this
+case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the
+picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device. Afterwards,
+open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory
+card which is appeared in the /media folder.</para>
+
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">Samsung colour printer</emphasis></para>
+
+ <para>For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link
+ns2:href="http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/">this site provides drivers</link> for
+the QPDL protocol.</para>
+
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis></para>
+
+ <para>Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link
+ns2:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">this
+search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the "iscan-data"
+package first, then "iscan" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also
+be available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages
+according to your architecture. </para>
+
+ <para> It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a
+conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored.</para>
+
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">Canon printers</emphasis></para>
+
+ <para>For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint
+<link ns2:href="http://www.turboprint.info/">available here </link>.</para>
+ </section>
+</section> \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/transfugdrake.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/transfugdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7224cd66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/transfugdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="transfugdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ <info>
+ <!-- Written by yurchor 2013-07-03 -->
+<!-- Tproof -->
+<!-- -->
+<title xml:id="transfugdrake-ti1">Importa documents i paràmetres de Windows(TM)</title>
+
+ <subtitle>transfugdrake</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="transfugdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="transfugdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>This tool<footnote>
+ <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
+ </footnote> is found under the <emphasis
+role="bold">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled
+<guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel></para>
+
+ <para>The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings
+from a <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark
+class="registered">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark
+class="registered">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark>
+installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation.</para>
+
+ <warning>
+ <para>Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake
+immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+ </warning>
+
+ <para>After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some
+explanation about the tool and import options.</para>
+
+ <para>As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of
+<trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> installation.</para>
+
+ <para>When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to
+choose accounts in <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> and
+Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account
+than yours own.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake1.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of
+transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark>
+user account names with special symbols can be displayed incorrectly.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <warning>
+ <para>Some <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> applications
+(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For
+example, NVidia drivers in <trademark
+class="registered">Windows</trademark>are updated using
+<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the
+import purposes.</para>
+ </warning>
+
+ <para>When you finished with the accounts selection press
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method
+to import documents:</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake2.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark
+class="registered">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My
+Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My
+Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the
+appropriate item in this window.</para>
+
+ <para>When you finished with the document import method choosing press
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method
+to import bookmarks:</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake3.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and
+<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia
+<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance.</para>
+
+ <para>Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>
+button.</para>
+
+
+
+ <!-- Does not work as expected, might be due to incompatible version of OE
+ <para>
+With transfugdrake, it is possible to import <emphasis>Outlook Express</emphasis> settings and mail archives into <emphasis>Evolution</emphasis>.</para>
+
+ <para>When you finished with the mail import method choosing press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import mail:</para>
+-->
+<para>The next page allows you to import desktop background:</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake4.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>
+button.</para>
+
+ <para>The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the
+<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake5.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+</section> \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/userdrake.xml b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/userdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..424d5e6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/ca/userdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="userdrake">
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ <info>
+ <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-27 -->
+<!-- Tproof -->
+<!-- Preliminary lproof JohnR 2012-08-30 -->
+<!-- -->
+<title xml:id="userdrake-ti1">Usuaris i grups</title>
+
+ <subtitle>userdrake</subtitle>
+ </info>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata xml:id="userdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="userdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>This tool<footnote>
+ <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">userdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
+ </footnote> is found under the <emphasis
+role="bold">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled
+"Manage users on system"</para>
+
+ <para>The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this
+means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings
+(ID, shell, ...)</para>
+
+ <para>When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in
+the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the
+<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way.</para>
+
+ <para><guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton></para>
+
+ <para>This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="userdrake1.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>The field <emphasis role="bold">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the
+entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything
+or nothing as well!</para>
+
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">Login</emphasis> is the only required field.</para>
+
+ <para>Setting a <emphasis role="bold">Password</emphasis> is highly
+recommended. There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the
+password is weak, too short or is too similar to the login name. You should
+use figures, lower and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The
+shield will turn orange and then green as the password strength improves.</para>
+
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure
+you entered what you intended to.</para>
+
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that allows
+you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options are
+Bash, Dash and Sh.</para>
+
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if
+checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new
+user as the only member (this may be edited).</para>
+
+ <para>The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately
+after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
+
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">2 Add Group</emphasis></para>
+
+ <para>You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific
+group ID.</para>
+
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)</para>
+
+ <para><guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given
+for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed).</para>
+
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">Account Info</emphasis>:</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="userdrake2.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.
+Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary
+accounts.</para>
+
+ <para>The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long
+as the account is locked.</para>
+
+ <para>It is also possible to change the icon.</para>
+
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an
+expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his
+password periodically.</para>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="userdrake3.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups that
+the user is a member of.</para>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be
+effective until his/her next login.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)</para>
+
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the group
+name.</para>
+
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the users
+who are members of the group</para>
+
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">5 Delete</emphasis></para>
+
+ <para>Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis
+role="bold">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to
+ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group
+has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well.</para>
+
+ <warning>
+ <para>It is possible to delete a group which is not empty.</para>
+ </warning>
+
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">6 Refresh</emphasis></para>
+
+ <para>The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to
+refresh the display.</para>
+
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">7 Guest Account</emphasis></para>
+
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is intended
+to give somebody temporary access to the system with total security. Login
+is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to make modifications
+to the system from this account. The personal directories are deleted at the
+end of the session. This account is enabled by default, to disable it, click
+in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest account</guimenu>.</para>
+</section> \ No newline at end of file